THE
CHRISTIANS
DAILY
SACRIFICE
:
CONTAINING
A
daily
direction
for
a
setled
course
of
Sanctification
.
Expressing
The
scope
of
the
seuen
Treatises
of
Master
ROGERS
,
as
also
the
summe
of
Master
GREENHAM
his
spirituall
obseruations
,
with
some
further
increase
tending
to
perfection
.
By
THO.
COOPER
.
LONDON
,
Imprinted
by
H.
B.
for
WALTER
BVRRE
,
and
are
to
be
sold
in
Paules
Church-yard
at
the
signe
of
the
Crane
.
1608.
¶
TO
THE
HIGH
and
excellent
Princesse
,
Elizabeth
,
eldest
daughter
to
our
Soueraigne
Lord
King
IAMES
.
MOST
gratious
Princesse
;
vouchsafe
(
I
beseech
you
)
the
remembrance
of
that
duty
,
which
we
owe
vnto
God
for
all
his
benefits
;
namely
,
to
take
vp
the
cup
of
saluation
and
call
vpon
the
name
of
the
Lord
.
This
is
the
subiect
of
this
smal
Treatise
.
Which
I
am
the
rather
emboldened
to
present
vnto
your
grace
,
because
,
as
the
Lord
hath
renued
his
mercies
continually
vpon
your
princely
person
,
especially
shewed
himselfe
merueilous
in
that
your
admirable
deliuerance
from
these
bloodie
hunters
:
so
it
pleased
your
highnes
to
accept
very
fauourably
the
remembrance
thereof
,
and
to
patronage
my
first
labors
(
to
that
end
)
with
the
prime
of
your
Graces
protection
:
which
as
it
hath
the
rather
bound
me
to
consecrate
my selfe
and
al
my
studies
to
your
Graces
deuotion
;
so
doe
I
in
all
humble
maner
tender
vnto
your
Excellency
,
a
pledge
hereof
in
these
short
meditations
;
which
as
they
may
bee
your
daily
practise
of
thankefulnes
to
God
for
all
his
mercies
toward
you
:
so
will
they
also
proue
verie
profitable
directions
for
the
information
of
your
tender
yeeres
in
the
waies
of
God
:
that
so
beeing
daily
crowned
with
new
blessing
,
you
may
at
length
be
fitted
for
that
crowne
of
glory
,
which
the
Lord
Iesus
hath
purchased
for
you
.
To
whose
blessed
protection
I
doe
most
heartily
commend
your
Highnes
:
and
so
most
humbly
take
my
leaue
.
Your
Graces
most
affectionate
in
all
duety
,
Tho.
Cooper
.
TO
THE
RGIHT
Honorable
the
Lord
Harington
,
and
his
vertuous
Ladie
.
RIGHT
Honorable
,
the
princelie
charge
that
the
Lord
hath
honored
your
elder
yeares
withall
,
that
your
age
may
bee
a
crowne
of
glorie
,
beeing
found
in
the
way
of
righteousnesse
,
as
it
hath
laid
vpon
your
Honours
,
a
greater
care
for
the
discharge
thereof
:
so
hath
it
prouoked
also
those
(
who
as
in
priuate
they
wish
your
well-fares
,
so
especially
,
they
desire
your
happie
sucesse
in
that
publicke
Charge
,
as
being
in
all
heartie
loyalty
obliged
therto
:
These
,
I
say
,
haue
bin
stirred
vp
to
deuise
all
holy
and
profitable
meanes
whereby
your
Charge
may
be
more
Honorable
,
and
your
care
more
comfortable
.
Among
whom
,
seeing
it
hath
pleased
your
Honours
formerlie
to
accept
of
me
,
&
daily
to
bind
me
therto
by
renued
fauours
I
haue
therefore
endeuored
to
testifie
the
heartie
continuance
of
my
dutie
towards
your
Honours
in
this
Briefe
of
holy
rules
,
and
instructions
,
which
I
haue
been
bold
to
dedicate
to
the
hopefull
,
and
happie
dayes
of
your
Gracious
Charge
:
not
therein
presuming
to
teach
your
Honour
what
you
should
doe
:
but
rather
proposing
the
same
as
a
Glasse
,
wherein
you
may
view
,
what
you
haue
done
well
;
and
so
both
to
encourage
your
Honours
in
a
happie
proceeding
,
and
to
giue
you
sound
comfort
in
the
good
successe
thereof
:
which
as
I
shall
not
cease
to
pray
daily
vnto
the
Almightie
for
;
so
I
doe
most
humblie
beseech
your
Honours
thus
to
conceiue
of
my
endeuours
,
&
to
continue
,
as
you
doe
,
the
true
paterns
of
vertuous
nobility
,
&
the
Honorable
patrons
of
religion
&
learning
.
And
so
I
most
hartilie
commend
your
Honors
to
the
grace
of
God
.
Your
Honours
to
command
in
all
loue
and
dutie
,
Tho.
Cooper
.
❧
To
the
Christian
Reader
,
grace
and
peace
.
THE
manie
[
*
](A19284-e290-b)
*
Greenham
.
Perkin●
.
Rogers
.
Downam
.
and
Arthur
Dent
,
&c.
excellent
treatises
&
larger
discourses
concerning
the
power
of
godlines
,
which
it
hath
pleased
the
Lord
of
glorie
to
furnish
his
Church
withall
in
these
last
daies
;
as
they
haue
made
good
the
faithfulnes
of
our
God
vnto
vs
of
this
Church
of
England
,
so
if
they
shall
not
be
a
witnesse
against
vs
,
do
they
necessarily
require
the
right
vse
thereof
,
that
we
be
transformed
into
the
same
image
from
glory
to
glorie
.
And
therefore
howsoeuer
it
may
seeme
both
needelesse
and
preiudiciall
after
so
manie
graue
,
and
experimentall
rules
concerning
sanctification
,
to
adde
any
more
in
this
kind
:
yet
seeing
it
hath
pleased
God
to
direct
me
to
a
further
labour
herein
,
waigh
with
mee
I
pray
thee
in
equitie
these
reasons
hereof
:
First
I
doe
hereby
professe
my
thankefulnes
vnto
God
for
those
excellent
labours
of
his
Saints
that
now
rest
from
their
labours
and
their
fruits
follow
them
.
Secondly
,
I
would
haue
thee
know
that
I
am
not
ashamed
of
this
foolishnes
of
preaching
and
practick
Diuinity
,
which
is
such
a
mysterie
to
the
world
,
and
stumbling
blocke
vnto
the
wisedome
thereof
.
Thirdly
,
Howsoeuer
I
do
professe
that
I
am
not
able
to
attaine
such
perfection
,
as
I
haue
herein
conceined
,
yet
I
would
haue
thee
know
further
,
that
I
would
rather
haue
a
rule
to
condemne
sinne
in
the
flesh
,
and
so
confound
the
old
man
,
that
thereby
the
new
man
may
follow
hard
after
the
marke
,
then
not
to
giue
testimony
to
that
ligh●
which
hath
shined
so
gratiously
vnto
me
,
then
to
conceale
my
iudgement
,
though
it
may
condemne
th●
practise
.
Fourthly
,
May
it
please
thee
to
consider
with
me
:
Can
a
man
walke
in
the
sunne
,
and
not
be
warme
,
and
where
two
lie
together
,
will
there
not
be
heat
?
and
can
the
light
be
hidden
,
nay
,
ought
it
to
be
hidden
?
5
Can
wee
doe
lesse
in
these
dayes
then
conuince
a
prophane
world
?
6
Can
wee
doe
better
then
strengthen
that
which
is
readie
to
die
?
7
Shall
not
Gods
remembrancers
renue
their
strength
,
when
the
diuels
instruments
do
so
rage
with
all
licentiousnes
?
8
Doe
we
not
iustifie
the
good
by
seeking
out
their
wayes
?
9
Should
we
not
discourage
the
wicked
by
making
a
good
profession
?
10
Owe
we
not
this
duety
to
our
mother
?
11
Shall
not
this
redound
to
the
glory
of
God
?
Let
this
content
thee
:
and
prouoke
thee
to
make
vse
of
these
labours
,
and
the
Lord
giue
thee
vnderstanding
in
all
things
:
that
thou
maiest
trie
the
Spirits
,
and
heereby
thine
owne
,
whether
thou
art
in
the
faith
or
no
,
and
so
for
euer
maiest
follow
the
true
Shepheard
.
To
whose
blessed
protection
I
do
most
hartily
commend
thee
.
THE
CONTENTS
OF
the
booke
.
CHAP.
I.
Of
Man
and
his
,
-
1
Creation
.
-
2
Fall
.
-
3
Redemption
:
how
,
-
1
performed
.
-
2
The
benefit
thereof
.
-
3
How
applied
.
CHAP.
II.
Of
the
word
.
-
1
How
it
leads
to
Christ
.
-
2
And
so
in
him
to
a
constant
course
of
holines
,
that
so
we
may
be
happie
.
CHAP.
III.
Of
the
daily
direction
to
serue
God
.
CHAP.
IIII.
What
this
daily
direction
is
.
And
,
-
1
Though
it
be
impossible
to
be
kept
yet
it
is
to
be
knowne
.
-
2
It
is
not
impossible
in
some
measure
.
-
3
Nay
it
is
necessary
to
be
kept
.
-
4
Yea
most
conuenient
.
-
5
And
profitable
.
-
6
And
also
exceeding
pleasant
.
CHAP.
V.
The
Parts
of
this
daily
Sacrifice
.
CHAP.
VI.
1
To
bee
Humbled
before
the
Lord
,
in
the
sense
of
sinne
,
here
,
-
1
The
practise
of
repentance
.
-
2
Helpes
to
this
practise
.
-
3
Markes
of
repentance
.
-
4
Effects
of
repentance
.
CHAP.
VII
.
2
Of
the
raising
vp
of
a
sinner
by
a
true
and
liuely
faith
,
here
,
-
First
,
How
faith
is
reuiued
in
vs
.
-
Secondly
,
The
degrees
of
this
worke
.
-
Thirdly
,
The
markes
of
particular
assurance
.
-
Fourthly
,
The
degrees
thereof
,
-
1
Weakenes
of
faith
.
-
1
How
knowne
.
-
2
How
caused
.
-
Secondly
,
Strength
of
faith
,
-
1
How
knowne
.
-
2
How
obtained
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
Of
the
preparing
and
furnishing
of
the
heart
to
the
seruice
of
God
,
and
-
1
That
the
heart
is
asleepe
,
and
by
what
meanes
.
-
2
The
heart
to
be
awakened
,
and
how
.
-
3
The
heart
awakned
,
must
be
examined
,
and
how
.
-
1
By
a
true
rule
.
-
2
In
an
holy
manner
.
-
3
To
a
right
end
.
-
4
The
heart
examined
,
must
be
established
in
the
worship
of
God
.
And
how
.
CHAP.
IX
.
Of
the
Spirituall
Armour
,
and
arming
of
the
heart
.
The
parts
of
the
Spirituall
armour
,
and
first
,
Of
the
girdle
of
truth
,
and
it
parts
,
which
are
:
-
1
A
rectified
iudgement
.
-
How
discerned
.
-
How
put
on
.
-
It
benefit
.
-
2
The
Sanctified
conscience
.
-
How
discerned
.
-
How
obtained
-
The
benefit
thereof
.
-
3
The
Sincerity
of
the
will
.
-
How
knowne
.
-
It
measure
.
-
The
benefit
thereof
.
-
4
The
well
ordering
of
the
affections
.
-
How
discerned
.
-
How
furthered
.
-
The
benefit
thereof
.
-
5
The
Sincerity
of
the
tongu●
-
Whoerein
it
consists
.
-
Of
speech
,
and
-
1
Preparation
to
it
.
-
2
Matter
of
speech
.
-
Of
persons
-
How
to
speake
of
God
.
-
How
of
our
neighbour
.
-
What
to
be
auoyded
,
and
obserued
.
-
How
to
speake
of
our selues
and
that
-
In
Praise
,
-
In
dispraise
.
-
Of
things
to
be
spoken
.
-
Manner
of
Speech
.
-
1
It
must
be
gratious
.
-
2
True
.
here
of
the
euidences
and
bonds
of
truth
.
-
Promise
.
-
Oath
:
here
of
the
-
Lawfulnes
.
-
Matter
.
-
Manner
.
-
Lawfull
swearer
.
-
End
of
an
oath
.
-
Before
whom
we
may
sweare
,
-
When.
-
How
an
oath
binds
.
-
The
abuses
of
an
oath
.
-
Of
Lying
,
-
Flattery
.
-
Concealing
of
〈◊〉
.
-
A
third
grace
of
speech
,
-
Reuerence
,
and
that
in
respect
of
,
-
1
God
.
-
2
Man
.
-
To
giue
holy
names
to
our
children
.
-
Reuerence
to
superiours
.
-
And
what
to
be
auoyded
.
-
Blasphemy
.
-
Abuse
of
scripture
.
-
Abuse
of
our selues
.
-
A
fourth
grace
of
speech
,
Sobriety
.
-
This
seene
,
-
In
salutation
.
-
Popish
blessing
to
be
heeded
.
-
Soft
answering
.
-
Reproofe
for
sinne
.
-
A
fift
grace
of
speech
,
cheerefulnes
.
-
It
bonds
,
how
to
be
vsed
at
,
-
1
Board
,
-
2
Bed
.
-
Here
to
be
auoyded
or
rectified
:
-
Iesting
.
-
Laughter
.
-
A
sixt
grace
of
speech
,
Care
of
our
neighbours
good
name
.
-
How
performed
.
-
What
to
be
auoyded
.
-
A
last
grace
of
speech
,
Breuity
.
-
The
rules
thereof
.
-
Of
silence
and
the
vse
thereof
.
-
Things
,
-
Persons
,
to
be
concealed
,
and
:
-
Before
whom
.
-
A
sixt
part
of
the
Girdle
,
the
Conformity
of
our
outward
actions
.
-
The
ground
of
them
.
-
The
manner
how
to
be
done
.
-
The
ends
to
which
they
must
ayme
,
-
How
to
edification
.
-
How
this
girdle
put
on
.
-
The
benefit
there
of
.
A
Second
part
of
the
armour
.
The
Brest-plate
of
Righteousnes
.
-
The
markes
thereof
.
-
How
put
on
.
-
How
kept
on
.
A
Third
part
of
the
armour
.
That
our
feete
be
shod
with
the
preparation
of
the
Gospel
.
-
The
vse
thereof
.
-
How
attained
.
A
Fourth
part
of
the
armour
.
The
shield
of
faith
.
-
It
vse
.
A
fift
part
,
The
Helmet
of
Hope
.
-
The
vse
of
it
.
-
How
to
be
put
on
.
The
last
part
of
the
Armour
,
the
sword
of
the
Spirit
.
-
It
seuerall
vses
.
-
How
obtained
.
-
How
kept
on
.
The
generall
benefit
of
the
whole
Armour
.
CHAP.
X.
Of
the
pursuit
of
good
,
and
the
a●oyding
of
euill
,
here
-
Difference
of
euill
.
-
What
the
euill
of
sinne
is
.
-
The
vse
of
this
knowledge
.
-
How
farre
sinne
hath
taken
hold
on
vs
.
-
The
benefit
of
this
knowledge
.
-
Gods
ordering
sinne
.
-
And
the
vse
.
-
Sinne
how
to
be
auoyded
,
and
-
How
preuented
generally
.
-
Now
particularly
,
when
tentations
assault
vs
.
-
How
to
recouer
out
of
sinne
.
-
1
By
viewing
sinne
in
the
Law
▪
-
2
In
the
Gospel
:
-
2
By
iudging
sinne
.
CHAP.
XI
.
Of
Thankesgiuing
.
-
It
vse
.
-
How
to
be
practised
.
-
What
to
be
auoyded
.
-
Helpes
to
thankefulnes
.
-
The
benefit
thereof
.
CHAP.
XII
.
Of
Constancy
and
perseuerance
.
-
The
necessity
thereof
.
-
Helpes
hereto
.
-
Remouing
of
the
hinderances
hereof
▪
-
The
fall
of
Gods
children
.
-
How
farre
.
-
The
difference
betweene
the
wicked
and
godly
in
their
falles
.
-
The
vse
thereof
.
CHAP
XIII
.
Of
Watchfulnes
.
-
The
vse
thereof
.
-
How
performed
.
-
Helpes
thereto
.
CHAP.
XIIII
.
Of
Prayer
in
generall
,
and
-
It
conditions
.
-
The
benefit
thereof
.
CHAP.
XV.
Of
Peace
with
God
,
and
lying
downe
therewith
.
-
It
necessity
.
-
How
obtained
.
-
How
performed
.
CHAP.
XVI
.
How
to
profit
in
this
direction
.
CHAP.
XVII
.
Of
right
imploying
the
occasions
of
the
day
.
CHAP.
XVIII
.
Of
arising
with
God
and
awaking
in
his
peace
.
-
The
necessity
thereof
.
-
How
performed
.
-
How
furthered
.
CHAP.
XIX
.
Of
Family
and
Priuate
prayer
.
-
It
necessity
.
-
How
performed
,
and
by
whom
.
-
What
to
be
auoyded
herein
.
-
Directions
for
the
same
.
-
The
benefit
hereof
.
CHAP.
XX.
Of
Callings
,
&
following
thereof
.
-
That
it
is
Gods
ordinance
.
-
To
be
expected
by
ordinary
meanes
▪
-
The
right
vse
specially
to
be
aymed
a●
-
How
to
vse
them
aright
.
-
How
to
leaue
them
.
-
How
to
intermit
them
.
-
The
benefit
thereof
.
CHAP.
XXI
.
Of
the
right
vse
of
the
creatures
The
benefit
thereof
.
CHAP.
XXII
.
Of
the
vse
of
Company
.
-
How
to
discerne
good
and
bad
company
.
-
What
company
to
be
chosen
.
-
How
to
be
refused
.
-
How
to
carry
our selues
in
good
company
.
-
The
benefit
of
them
.
-
The
difference
of
good
company
.
-
Of
Sabbath
society
and
rules
for
it
.
-
Of
priuate
exercises
.
-
Of
Publick
thankesgiuings
and
their
rules
.
-
Of
publicke
fasts
.
-
The
authority
of
them
.
-
The
occasion
.
-
Manner
of
performance
.
-
Time
.
-
Ends.
-
Of
Spirituall
priuate
society
.
-
Betweene
Minister
and
people
.
-
Inferiour
and
superiour
.
-
Betweene
equals
.
-
Rules
generall
to
all
.
-
Triall
of
the
right
vse
.
-
Of
Accessory
meetings
for
religion
,
as
-
Councels
.
-
Synods
and
their
appertenances
.
-
Of
ciuill
society
.
-
Rules
for
the
same
.
-
Of
occasionall
meetings
.
-
How
to
sort
with
the
wicked
.
-
Vse
of
euill
company
.
CHAP.
XXIII
.
Of
solitarines
-
How
to
behaue
our selues
therein
.
-
The
benefit
thereof
.
-
Cautions
to
be
obserued
.
CHAP.
XXIIII
.
Of
Prosperity
.
-
The
necessitie
of
this
knowledge
.
-
How
to
be
vsed
well
.
-
Considerations
to
this
end
.
-
Triall
of
the
right
vse
,
-
Helpes
hereunto
.
CHAP.
XXV
.
Of
aduersity
and
the
right
vse
thereof
.
-
The
necessity
of
this
knowledge
.
-
How
to
be
vsed
well
.
-
Helpes
hereunto
:
CHAP.
XXVI
.
Of
family
exercises
.
CHAP.
XXVII
:
Of
the
daily
account
.
-
Why
to
be
performed
,
with
motiue●
hereunto
.
-
And
how
.
-
The
benefit
thereof
.
¶
THE
CHRISTIans
daily
Sacrifice
.
CHAP.
I.
FIRST
,
-
1.
The
greatnes
of
his
iustice
.
-
2.
The
riches
of
his
mercy
.
Rom.
9.
22.
Secondly
,
Man
glorifieth
God
in
a
fourefold
estate
of
his
,
-
1.
Creation
.
-
2.
Fall
.
-
3.
Redemption
.
-
4.
Glorification
.
Thirdly
,
The
Lord
from
euerlasting
so
decreed
concerning
mankinde
,
that
the
greater
part
thereof
should
be
condemned
,
and
but
a
remnant
saued
.
And
to
this
end
created
he
man
.
Fourthly
,
Man
was
created
after
the
image
of
God
in
a
most
perfect
estate
of
holines
:
wherein
he
glorified
God
in
absolute
conformity
to
him
,
yet
subiect
vnto
change
:
which
also
made
for
Gods
glory
.
Gen.
1.
27.
Fiftly
,
Fall
of
man
,
and
therefore
his
estate
was
mutable
,
that
so
his
fall
might
be
from
himselfe
:
that
God
might
make
a
way
for
the
manifestation
of
the
glory
of
his
mercy
&
iustice
,
in
the
execution
of
his
decree
,
concerning
the
saluation
of
the
elect
,
&
condemnation
of
the
reprobate
;
by
such
meanes
as
from
all
eternity
the
Lord
had
sealed
thereunto
;
and
thereupon
man
fell
.
Gen.
●
.
6.
Sixtly
,
Man
hauing
receiued
an
estate
for
himselfe
,
and
his
posterity
,
by
his
fall
vtterly
depriued
himselfe
and
all
his
issue
of
Gods
fauor
,
and
the
fruit
thereof
,
the
right
and
possession
of
heauen
and
earth
:
and
plunged
himselfe
and
all
his
posterity
into
a
most
wofull
bondage
of
sinne
and
Satan
.
Ge.
2.
17.
Ro.
6.
12.
Seuenthly
,
worke
of
Redemption
which
was
performed
by
Iesus
Christ
.
Eightly
,
Christ
Iesus
was
first
,
decreed
from
all
eternity
:
secondly
,
promised
immediately
after
the
fall
of
Adam
:
thirdly
,
exhibited
in
the
fulnes
of
time
,
to
performe
a
full
redemption
for
vs
.
Gal.
4.
4.
Gen.
3.
Ninthly
,
Our
redemption
by
Christ
,
is
either
performed
or
applied
.
Tenthly
,
Christ
Iesus
performed
our
redemption
:
1.
To
God
his
Father
in
comming
to
redeeme
vs
.
2.
In
taking
our
nature
vpon
him
.
3.
To
the
Law
in
fulfilling
it
perfectly
,
which
we
had
broken
.
4.
In
vndergoing
the
punishment
when
hee
had
fulfilled
the
Law
.
And
by
these
his
sufferings
our
redemption
was
secondly
wrought
out
.
These
sufferings
of
Christ
:
were
First
,
either
in
his
whole
li●e
such
miseries
as
sinne
had
drawne
vpon
vs
,
that
so
he
might
sanctifie
them
vnto
vs
,
as
hunger
,
cold
,
&c.
Heb.
2.
18.
Heb.
4.
15.
Secondly
,
Or
at
his
death
,
such
paines
as
we
had
deserued
,
and
here
he
suffered
,
First
,
in
his
body
as
1.
preparations
to
death
.
-
1.
Buffetings
by
the
Souldiers
.
Mat.
27.
&
28.
-
2.
Whipping
,
and
scourging
.
-
3.
Crowning
with
Thornes
.
-
4.
Carying
of
his
Crosse.
-
5.
Nayling
to
the
Crosse.
Ioh.
19.
Secondly
,
death
it selfe
:
here
consider
,
1
The
ignominious
manner
,
vpon
the
cursed
tree
.
Gal.
3.
2
The
cruelty
vsed
vpon
his
dead
bodie
,
as
being
pierced
to
the
heart
by
that
mercilesse
Souldier
.
Ioh.
19
34.
3
His
ignominious
buriall
,
and
detaining
for
three
daies
in
the
graue
.
These
were
his
sufferings
in
bodie
.
Secondly
,
he
also
suffered
for
vs
in
his
soule
,
and
that
1.
In
his
whole
life
.
1
Griefe
for
the
sin
of
the
world
,
and
especially
of
his
owne
countrymen
who
refused
him
.
Ioh.
1.
2
The
mockings
of
the
wicked
and
treachery
of
his
owne
was
no
small
anguish
vnto
him
.
Especially
at
his
death
,
as
First
,
that
he
was
betrayed
by
Iudas
his
owne
disciple
.
Luk.
22.
48.
2
His
agony
in
the
garden
where
he
sweat
water
and
blood
,
in
great
abundance
.
Luke
22.
3
His
trouble
in
soule
.
Ioh.
12.
7.
4
The
withdrawing
of
the
assistance
of
the
Deitie
for
the
present
.
Phil.
2.
8.
5
The
curse
of
God
vpon
him
for
mans
sinne
,
Gal.
3.
10.
6
The
power
of
Satan
preuailing
for
a
time
.
7
The
horror
of
being
ouerwhelmed
with
the
heauie
wrath
of
God
.
Heb.
5.
7.
8
His
detaining
vnder
the
sorrows
of
death
.
Acts.
2.
24.
All
these
,
Christ
Iesus
our
redeemer
suffered
in
his
humane
nature
,
but
they
were
accompanied
with
the
merit
and
efficacy
of
the
diuine
nature
,
the
dignitie
whereof
enabled
them
hereunto
,
&
made
them
meritorious
for
our
saluation
.
Now
because
it
was
not
possible
that
the
Sonne
of
God
should
be
holden
of
the
sorrowes
of
death
;
for
then
had
he
not
beene
iustified
and
acquitted
from
our
sinnes
:
therfore
by
the
power
of
his
God-head
he
raised
vp
himse●fe
,
and
so
accomplished
yet
further
the
worke
of
our
redemption
.
Rom.
4.
25.
Act.
2.
24.
And
so
Christ
Iesus
our
redeemer
obtained
a
glorious
conquest
by
his
resurrection
from
the
dead
:
and
that
First
,
Ouer
the
Law
in
abolishing
the
dominion
and
rigour
thereof
.
Secondly
,
Ouer
Satan
and
H●ll
,
chaining
vp
Satan
&
destroying
for
euer
the
powers
of
hel
.
1.
Co.
15.
57.
Thirdly
,
Ouer
sinne
,
and
that
1
in
taking
away
the
sting
and
guiltines
thereof
.
2
Abating
the
rage
and
fury
of
the
same
.
Rom.
7
24.
25.
3
Healing
in
some
measure
the
corrupt
fountaine
of
the
same
.
4
Weal●●ng
the
force
and
daily
eating
out
the
verie
corruption
thereof
.
Rom.
6.
12.
3.
Fourthly
,
death
is
also
conquered
and
subdued
;
and
that
,
1
By
taking
away
the
sting
therof
.
2
By
destroying
the
dominion
of
the
same
.
Rom.
5.
14.
3
Sanctifying
it
to
the
Godly
,
to
whom
it
is
the
gate
to
euerlasting
life
.
1.
Thes.
4.
4
Raysing
vp
our
flesh
from
the
graue
.
1.
Cor.
15.
And
thus
by
this
glorious
conquest
of
our
Captaine
Iesus
Christ
,
is
recouered
vnto
vs
,
Heb.
12.
2.
First
,
The
fauour
of
God
our
Father
,
whose
children
we
are
now
become
in
Iesus
Christ
.
2.
Cor.
5.
18.
1.
Iohn
3.
1.
Colos.
1.
20.
Secondly
,
The
fruits
of
this
fauour
,
which
are
1
Faith
in
the
sonne
of
GOD
,
wherby
being
iustified
before
God
we
haue
,
2
Peace
of
conscience
with
God
and
man
.
1.
Rom.
5.
1.
Rom.
7.
4.
3
Ioy
vnspeakeable
in
the
holy
Ghost
.
1.
Pet.
1.
8.
4
We
become
fruitfull
in
all
good
workes
,
and
so
thereby
become
meete
partakers
.
Colos.
1.
12.
5
Of
saluation
.
The
earnest
whereof
wee
haue
in
this
life
:
first
by
the
inward
testimony
of
the
spirit
.
●
.
Cor.
1.
Ephes.
4.
Secondly
,
By
our
outward
similitude
and
conformity
to
our
head
Christ
Iesus
,
being
changed
into
the
same
Image
from
glory
to
glory
as
by
the
spirit
of
the
Lord
.
2.
Cor.
3.
18.
And
we
shall
fully
enioy
it
in
the
life
to
come
,
where
shall
be
1
Ceasing
of
all
sinne
and
sorrow
.
Reuel.
7.
17.
2
Perfect
righteousnesse
and
holinesse
.
Ephes.
5.
27.
3
Fulnes
of
ioy
.
Psal.
16.
4
Immediate
fruition
and
coniunction
with
God
.
1.
Cor.
13.
12.
5
Eternity
of
happines
,
and
blisse
for
euermore
.
●
.
Pet.
1
4.
All
these
hath
the
Sonne
of
God
purchased
for
vs
.
The
meanes
whereby
all
these
are
made
ours
,
This
Faith
is
wrought
in
vs
by
the
preaching
of
the
word
.
Rom.
10.
17.
And
that
first
of
the
Law
.
First
,
Discouering
our
miserie
,
vnto
vs
in
particular
,
both
1
From
what
a
blessed
estate
wee
are
fallen
,
Roman
.
3.
Roman.
7.
as
also
Into
what
a
woful
and
desperate
condition
we
are
now
plunged
,
not
onely
by
reason
of
our
sinne
:
Being
able
to
doe
nothing
but
displease
God
.
Gen.
6.
5.
And
that
in
regard
1
Of
the
transgression
of
Adam
,
which
lies
vpon
vs
.
Rom.
5.
2
The
fruite
of
this
transgression
,
euen
a
generall
infection
and
corruption
of
all
the
powers
and
faculties
of
soule
and
body
.
1
Of
the
vnderstanding
,
filled
with
blindnes
,
&
darknes
&
not
sauoring
the
things
of
God
.
Eph.
4
17
2
The
Conscience
wounded
,
seared
,
defiled
,
neuer
soundly
peaceable
.
Timot
4.
1.
Corinth.
1.
2
:
Esay
57.
1.
3
The
memory
fit
to
retaine
euill
,
and
to
forget
good
.
Heb.
10
22.
4
The
will
captiuated
to
euill
,
and
yet
running
headlong
thereto
,
but
to
doe
good
altogether
auerse
.
Rom.
8.
5
,
6.
5.
And
so
the
affections
ledde
violently
after
the
sway
thereof
,
as
also
6
The
conuersation
most
lothsome
to
God
and
man
.
1.
Tim.
1.
15.
7
The
thoughts
impotent
and
vnsatiable
to
euil
,
and
infinite
therein
.
8
His
best
actions
,
greatest
abominations
.
Pr.
28
9.
Io.
9
3●
Ps
50
16.
A
second
part
of
mans
misery
,
is
the
fruit
of
his
●inne
,
Namely
;
that
First
,
He
is
most
odious
to
God
&
most
iustly
accursed
of
him
,
Col.
1.
21.
and
this
curse
is
manifest
,
First
,
Vpon
his
body
by
those
fearefull
and
inumerable
plagues
,
diseas●s
,
iudgements
of
famine
,
&c.
which
he
vpon
men
and
consume
them
in
this
life
.
D●u.
28
15.
Ge
3.
17.
Secondly
,
By
that
horrible
abuse
of
Gods
blessings
,
which
are
bestowed
on
him
:
making
the
creature
to
grone
vnder
this
bondage
of
corruption
,
and
so
to
increase
the
score
against
the
life
to
come
.
Rom.
8.
19.
Secondly
,
Vpon
his
soule
,
and
that
●●st
in
this
life
:
1
In
being
giuen
vp
to
a
reprobate
sense
.
Rom.
1.
23.
2
Depriued
of
the
knowledge
of
God
,
but
so
farre
as
shall
make
him
without
excuse
.
Psalme
49.
15.
3
To
be
past
feeling
through
the
hardnes
of
his
heart
.
Ephes.
4.
19.
4
Thence
to
fall
into
wofull
and
irrecouerable
despaire
,
Gen.
4.
and
to
discouer
the
same
by
madnes
,
blasphemies
,
&c.
Secondly
,
In
the
life
to
come
,
by
first
:
1
Vtter
separation
from
the
presence
of
God
,
and
happinesse
for
euer
.
2.
Thes.
1.
21.
2
Perpetuall
communion
with
Satan
and
the
infernall
spirits
:
and
so
of
all
torments
,
Especially
First
,
Desperate
sorrow
for
an
irrecouerable
losse
.
Secondly
,
Insufferable
waight
of
the
wrath
of
God
.
Thirdly
,
Sensible
torment
,
yet
not
to
be
expressed
.
Fourthly
,
The
worme
of
conscience
accusing
,
&
gnawing
continually
.
Fiftly
,
Bitter
enuie
at
the
happines
of
the
elect
.
Sixtly
,
Restles
content
,
in
this
fearefull
condition
.
Thus
the
Law
discouers
to
man
his
miser●
,
and
therefore
,
First
,
It
is
to
be
preached
to
sinners
.
2.
Tim.
4.
2.
Secondly
,
Men
are
to
be
acquainted
with
the
particulars
of
it
.
Thirdly
,
And
to
yeeld
to
the
power
thereof
,
that
so
it
may
leade
them
to
Christ
,
who
is
properly
reuealed
vnto
vs
in
the
preaching
of
the
Gospel
,
which
doeth
especially
beget
&
perfect
the
worke
of
Faith
,
and
that
1
By
making
vs
to
beleeue
our
misery
,
through
a
particular
application
thereof
vnto
our selues
.
Rom.
7.
9.
Rom.
15.
4.
Matth.
9.
12.
2
By
working
anguish
and
sorrow
inspirit
for
the
same
.
Act.
2.
37.
Ierem
.
21.
1●
.
Iudg.
2.
3
,
10.
3
Aduising
what
to
do
,
Luk.
15.
17.
Ierem.
8.
●
,
7.
and
considering
deeply
what
we
haue
done
.
Reu.
7.
24.
4
Submitting
to
Gods
will
,
to
bee
guided
hereafter
according
to
the
same
.
Luk.
17.
9.
Eze.
36.
2.
Act.
9.
6.
5
Heereupon
the
Lord
further
reueales
himselfe
vnto
the
sinner
in
working
a
secret
desire
of
forgiuenes
,
from
the
consideration
of
the
kindnes
and
readines
of
God
to
pardon
,
yea
though
it
be
but
a
droppe
of
mercie
.
Luke
15.
17
,
18.
Mat.
12.
20.
Mat.
11
▪
28.
Mat.
5.
4.
Matth.
9.
12.
Luke
7.
38.
Ion.
3.
Hest.
4.
Pro.
28.
9.
Iob
33.
33.
6
This
desire
workes
a
resolution
to
go
to
this
gracious
God
,
though
yet
he
feele
not
pardon
for
his
sins
.
Luke
15.
7
Comming
to
God
,
sinne
is
confessed
in
most
conscionable
,
and
in
particular
manner
.
Psal.
19.
12.
8
Pardon
is
most
instantly
and
boldly
begged
for
the
same
.
Mat.
15.
Rom.
10.
14.
9
R●solution
to
renounce
all
,
to
buy
this
precious
pearle
:
which
is
a
kind
of
assurance
of
the
purchase
of
this
pardon
,
Mat.
13.
vpon
the
due
valuation
of
the
price
of
it
,
and
so
he
promiseth
a
full
forsaking
of
the
wo●ld
,
Mat.
19.
29.
Heb.
11
25
▪
and
vtter
renouncing
of
sinne
,
Hose.
14.
9.
&c.
for
euer
.
Luke
19.
9.
1.
Samu.
7.
3
,
4.
Pro.
28.
Phil.
1.
7
,
8
,
10
Hereupon
followeth
an
application
of
Christ
and
his
promises
by
the
seale
of
the
spirit
.
Rom.
8.
16.
2.
Cor.
1.
22.
And
hence
proceed
:
1
Contentation
spirituall
,
&
peace
with
God
and
our
owne
consciences
.
2
Following
the
true
Shepheard
.
Iohn
10.
3
Ioy
in
the
Spirit
,
and
sweetnes
extraordinary
.
Rom.
5.
2.
4
Admiration
heauenly
,
at
this
wonderfull
worke
.
2.
Cor.
1.
12.
5
Tendernes
of
conscience
in
all
our
actions
.
Heb.
13.
18.
6
Boldnes
to
approch
the
throne
of
Grace
.
Rom.
8.
Heb.
10.
7
A
minde
estranged
from
the
world
and
loue
thereof
.
Gal
5.
8
Holy
conference
,
and
asking
the
way
to
Sion
.
9
Heauenly
conuersation
.
Phi.
3.
20.
10
Readines
and
patience
to
and
vnder
the
Crosse
Rom.
5.
11
Desire
to
be
dissolued
,
and
to
be
with
Christ
.
Phili.
1.
23.
Thus
is
Faith
wrought
in
vs
,
thus
may
we
discerne
the
worke
thereof
.
And
this
Faith
is
thus
effectuall
,
when
it
bringeth
forth
the
fruite
of
an
holy
life
,
whereby
we
are
made
partakers
of
the
diuine
nature
,
&
so
made
meet
to
that
happines
,
whereinto
no
vncleane
thing
shall
enter
.
Iam.
2.
2.
Pet.
1.
3.
Col.
1.
11.
Reu.
21.
27.
Hence
we
may
learne
:
1
That
there
is
no
holinesse
in
nature
,
and
therefore
no
happines
from
thence
.
Rom.
3.
9.
2
Our
righteousnes
is
of
faith
,
laying
hold
on
Iesus
Christ
.
Phil.
3.
9.
3
Being
redeemed
by
Christ
,
we
must
be
zealous
of
good
workes
,
which
God
hath
ordained
vs
to
walke
in
.
Ephes.
2.
10.
4
That
we
may
not
erre
in
wel-doing
,
nor
be
weary
therof
,
we
must
haue
a
Guide
to
direct
vs
therein
.
Iohn
11.
9.
CHAP.
II.
This
Guide
is
onely
the
perfect
word
of
God
.
1
BEcause
it
is
the
briefe
of
Gods
reuealed
wil.
2
It
reacheth
not
only
to
the
outward
,
but
inward
man
also
,
and
is
a
discerner
of
the
secret
thoughts
and
raines
.
Heb.
4.
12.
3
It
is
that
will
of
God
,
which
the
Lord
would
haue
to
this
end
communicated
vnto
all
.
Colos.
1.
6.
Iohn
5.
35.
4
It
is
sufficient
and
absolutely
perfect
to
accomplish
whatsoeuer
concernes
our
entrance
or
perfection
to
eternall
life
.
2.
Tim.
3.
16.
5
It
is
a
sure
and
euerlasting
word
,
able
to
accomplish
that
which
it
promiseth
or
threatneth
,
and
giuing
grace
to
performe
that
in
some
measure
which
it
enioyneth
.
Ephe.
6.
17.
1.
Pet.
1.
2.
Pet.
1.
19.
Psal.
19.
7.
Psal.
119.
93.
6
It
is
most
plaine
and
easie
to
be
apprehended
,
as
being
a
light
shining
in
a
dark
place
.
2.
Pe.
1.
Pr.
8.
2.
2.
Cor.
4.
4.
Hence
it
followeth
1
That
whatsoeuer
is
not
warranted
by
the
word
,
is
sinne
.
Apoc.
22.
18.
Deut.
4.
2.
Pro.
30.
6.
2
That
the
Law
of
nature
written
in
our
hearts
,
is
no
sufficient
rule
of
life
.
1.
Cor.
2.
14.
Matth.
16.
17.
Rom.
2.
12.
3
Much
lesse
the
Lawes
of
nations
are
perfect
rules
to
liue
by
.
Deu.
4.
6.
4
No
wil-worship
is
accepted
of
God
.
Mat.
15.
9.
Col.
2.
2
3.
Deu.
12.
8.
5
Neither
a
good
intention
makes
a
good
action
,
2.
Sam.
6.
6.
6
Nor
an
erroneous
conscience
excuseth
an
euill
fact
,
or
maketh
that
which
is
doubtful
good
.
Rom.
14.
23
7
No
not
ignorant
deuotion
auiales
in
Gods
worship
.
Rom.
10.
2.
Acts
13.
5●
,
51.
8
Much
lesse
the
lawlesse
lusts
of
our
hearts
,
which
tend
to
the
destruction
of
life
.
Ephes.
1.
22.
9
Neither
is
the
multitude
a
iustifiable
warrant
of
our
actions
.
Ex.
23.
10
No
not
the
examples
of
any
,
further
then
they
square
with
the
word
.
1.
Cor.
11.
1.
11
Neither
the
word
it selfe
in
the
letter
,
but
in
the
spirituall
meaning
thereof
.
Matt.
5.
12
And
the
meaning
of
the
word
to
befetcht
not
from
any
other
but
the
Word
,
comparing
spirituall
things
with
spirituall
things
.
1.
Cor.
2.
13.
13
Yea
,
the
true
meaning
must
be
applied
by
faith
before
our
actions
can
be
warranted
thereby
.
Rom.
14.
So
doth
the
word
containe
a
perfect
direction
of
our
life
.
CHAP.
III.
THis
direction
is
a
daily
and
constant
endeuour
to
serue
God
.
1
Because
the
Lord
requires
such
a
daily
and
constant
course
.
Philip.
3.
15.
Gen.
17.
1.
Iob.
1.
5.
2
The
Lord
giues
grace
and
appoints
meanes
for
the
performance
thereof
,
as
the
continuall
inhabitation
of
his
spirit
,
and
the
fruit
thereof
the
holy
seede
that
remaines
in
vs
.
1.
Ioh
3
8.
3
The
Saints
of
God
haue
practised
such
a
course
.
Psa.
1.
4
To
this
end
were
we
redeemed
,
that
we
should
serue
God
in
holines
and
righteousnes
all
the
daies
of
our
life
.
Luk.
1.
5
God
doth
daily
bestow
blessings
vpon
vs
,
therefore
we
must
daily
serue
him
.
Lam.
3.
23.
Psal.
103.
2.
6
Christ
Iesus
maketh
continuall
intercession
for
vs
:
that
we
should
daily
,
yea
hourely
and
continually
performe
acceptable
seruice
vnto
God
.
7
Satan
is
neuer
weary
of
tempting
vs
:
therefore
we
should
haue
our
loines
girt
,
and
be
alwaies
vpon
our
watch
to
resist
him
.
1.
Pet.
5
8.
8
We
haue
not
a
daies
warrant
,
no
not
an
houres
certainty
of
life
,
therefore
we
are
at
no
time
to
be
vnprepared
,
because
we
know
not
the
houre
when
our
master
commeth
.
Math
24.
9
We
are
pilgrimes
and
trauellers
in
this
world
,
and
therefore
we
must
trauaile
each
day
homeward
to
our
country
Hebr.
11.
12.
10
By
our
calling
we
are
watchmen
,
souldiers
,
&c.
and
therefore
we
must
daily
bee
excercised
in
this
spirituall
warre
fare
.
2.
Timo
thie
2.
6.
Hence
it
followeth
,
1
That
to
fancie
any
such
seruice
out
of
the
word
,
which
is
not
daily
and
constant
is
sinne
.
Hosea
.
6.
4.
2
To
thinke
that
the
seruice
of
the
Sabbath
is
all
that
God
requireth
,
is
also
sinne
.
Esai
1.
13.
3
It
is
in
vaine
to
serue
God
a●
randome
and
not
in
an
holy
an●
constant
order
.
4
To
put
off
the
seruice
of
Go●
to
the
end
of
our
life
is
most
presumptuous
.
Psal.
95.
7.
5
To
thinke
I
haue
any
liberty
o●
time
to
serue
sinne
is
Atheistica●
1.
Pet.
4.
2.
Ephe.
5.
16.
6
That
it
is
not
wil-worship
〈◊〉
performe
this
seruice
,
seeing
it
〈◊〉
warranted
by
the
word
.
7
That
it
is
no
nouelty
to
seru●
God
after
this
manner
.
8
Neither
is
it
precisenes
to
〈◊〉
our selues
hereunto
,
seeing
it
is
reuealed
and
therefore
belongs
vnt●
vs
.
Deuter.
29.
29.
Ephe.
5●
15.
Therefore
that
we
may
serue
God
according
to
his
word
we
must
performed
〈◊〉
and
continuall
obedience
to
him
.
Colos.
1.
10.
CHAP.
IIII.
ANd
this
is
,
first
a
purpose
of
th●
hart
,
to
serue
God
,
as
God
:
who●ly
and
continually
.
Heb.
13.
18.
2
This
purpose
is
setled
and
ro●ted
in
the
heart
,
and
bringeth
forth
some
constant
fruite
of
obedience
euery
day
.
Col
1.
23.
Col.
7.
23.
3
It
is
also
sincere
,
and
generall
,
hauing
respect
vnto
all
Gods
commandements
,
in
all
things
desirous
to
please
him
daily
,
&
to
be
fruitfull
in
euery
good
worke
.
Psal.
119.
6.
Colos.
1.
10.
Fourthly
,
it
respects
the
ends
,
which
are
two
:
1
Gods
glory
,
not
any
worldly
or
vaine
respects
.
1.
Cor.
10.
31.
2
The
eternal
saluation
of
my
soule
,
not
any
transitorie
or
outward
blessing
.
Phil.
3.
8.
1.
Pet.
1.
9.
5
It
enioynes
these
so
farre
as
God
shall
inwardly
enable
,
and
outward
meanes
permit
,
rather
to
put
vs
in
mind
what
we
should
be
,
then
what
we
can
be
in
this
life
.
1.
Cor.
8.
12.
Hence
it
followeth
,
First
,
were
impossible
,
yet
were
it
necessarie
to
be
knowne
,
and
indeauored
of
vs
.
1
That
it
might
be
a
daily
rule
of
our
life
.
2
That
it
might
continually
humble
vs
vnder
the
mightie
hand
of
God
.
3
That
it
might
daily
driue
vs
to
Christ
.
4
That
it
might
weane
vs
from
th●
world
,
and
fit
vs
to
eternall
happinesse
.
Hence
it
followeth
Secondly
,
1
Because
it
presumes
not
absolute
perfection
;
which
indeede
we●●
folly
for
any
to
dreame
of
in
th●●
life
,
but
is
only
a
following
hard
〈◊〉
the
marke
,
and
furtherance
to
perfection
.
Phil.
3.
13.
2
It
is
no
harder
a
taske
,
the
〈◊〉
what
the
Saints
of
God
doe
desi●●
to
attaine
,
Psal.
90.
12.
haue
voluntarily
vndertaken
,
and
in
most
comfortable
measure
performed
.
Gen.
5.
22.
3
It
may
stand
well
with
our
ordinarie
callings
.
1.
Tim.
4.
8.
4
Neither
doeth
it
exclude
our
lawfull
comforts
.
2.
Tim.
4.
8.
Hence
it
followeth
:
Thirdly
,
no
more
th●
needes
must
to
take
this
course
:
1
Because
hereby
we
shew
our
selues
obedient
to
Gods
commandement
.
Gen.
17.
1.
Secondly
,
We
doe
also
approue
the
soundnes
of
our
obedience
:
as
1
That
it
is
hearty
,
not
hypocriticall
.
2
Not
by
halfes
,
but
generall
.
3
Not
temporary
,
but
continuall
.
4
Not
indifferent
,
but
conscionable
.
5
Not
enforced
,
but
free
&
cheerefull
.
Deut.
28
47.
6
Not
vncertaine
,
but
constant
.
7
Not
carnall
,
but
spirituall
.
Thirdly
,
Heereby
wee
encrease
in
righteousnes
and
holines
:
as
being
First
,
Confirmed
in
well
doing
,
and
that
1
By
the
knowledge
of
our
healy
thrift
.
1.
Thes.
4.
10.
Mat.
25.
16.
2
Thankfulnesse
vnto
God
for
it
.
3
Commending
the
successe
to
God
.
4
Crauing
his
further
supplie
.
Secondly
,
Recouered
also
we
shall
be
out
of
euill
:
1
By
seeing
our
escapes
.
Ieremie
3.
13.
2
Iudging
them
.
1
Cor.
11.
32.
3
Denying
our selues
.
Mat.
16.
4
Casting
our selues
vpon
Christ
Matth.
11.
Fourthly
,
Hereby
also
our
outward
callings
are
furthered
,
as
1
Being
sanctified
by
this
spirituall
exercise
.
1.
Tim.
4.
5.
2
Moderated
,
lest
we
be
drunken
with
them
.
Deut.
17.
18.
3
Ordered
to
the
right
end
,
lest
they
misleade
vs
.
1.
Cor.
10.
31.
4
Seasoned
,
lest
we
be
weary
of
them
.
5
Blessed
,
in
seeing
a
happy
returne
by
them
.
Psal.
128.
Hence
it
followeth
:
Fourthly
,
that
this
duety
is
most
conuenient
for
all
sorts
.
Both
for
all
persons
,
aswell
1.
babes
in
Christ
,
as
2.
strong
men
.
And
for
all
estates
,
as
well
in
prosperity
as
in
aduersity
.
First
,
For
babes
in
Christ
:
that
1
They
may
beginne
well
.
2
They
may
goe
forward
without
griefe
,
vncertainty
,
wearisomnes
.
3
That
they
may
obtaine
a
more
glorious
crowne
.
Secondly
,
For
strong
men
and
that
1
To
keepe
them
constant
from
backsliding
.
Colos.
2.
7.
2
To
make
them
more
able
to
winne
and
hold
others
.
Rom.
14.
1.
3
To
acquaint
them
with
the
deepenes
of
Satan
.
Apoc.
2.
24.
4
To
prepare
them
to
greater
glory
.
Dan.
12.
3.
5
To
humble
them
in
the
sense
of
their
extraordinary
graces
.
2.
Cor.
12.
Thirdly
,
it
is
fit
for
men
in
prosperity
:
and
that
1
To
preuent
security
.
Esai
.
5.
12.
2
To
humble
them
in
regard
of
those
temporall
things
.
Luc.
12.
48.
3
To
teach
them
how
to
vse
them
to
Gods
glorie
,
their
owne
and
their
neighbours
good
.
1.
Tim.
6.
17.
4
That
they
may
part
with
them
willingly
.
Pil.
4.
12.
5
That
all
may
be
counted
as
dung
in
respect
of
heauen
.
Philip.
3.
8.
Fourthly
,
this
practice
also
will
be
very
necessary
in
the
time
of
affliction
:
And
that
1
To
prepare
vs
thereunto
.
Pro
,
28.
14.
Iob
3.
25.
2
To
qualifie
the
sharpenes
of
it
.
3
To
be
conquerors
in
our
troubles
and
ouer
them
.
Rom.
8.
4
To
be
deliuered
finally
from
them
.
Psal.
34.
And
therefore
though
doe
what
wee
can
,
1
Because
God
accepts
herein
the
purpose
of
our
hearts
.
2.
Corrinth
.
8
12.
2
The
Lord
will
haue
some
infirmities
still
left
in
vs
to
humble
〈◊〉
withall
.
●
.
Cor.
12.
3
Our
hatred
of
sinne
shall
bee
perfited
hereby
,
though
it
remain●
in
vs
.
4
The
strength
of
sinne
shal
also
much
be
abated
in
vs
.
5
Our
edge
to
eternall
happines
shall
be
still
sharpened
,
and
ou●
desire
enflamed
to
fit
vs
thereto
.
Rom.
7.
Neither
is
this
labour
vncomfortable
,
1
We
encrease
hereby
an
assurance
of
our
saluation
.
2
Wee
grow
more
setled
,
and
resolued
in
godlinesse
,
and
get
the
masterie
of
inconstancie
.
Ephes.
3.
18.
19.
3
We
performe
holy
duties
more
easily
.
Ps.
119.
32.
Ioh.
4.
34.
Mat.
11.
24.
4
We
haue
more
neere
&
sweete
fellowship
with
our
blessed
God
,
and
his
holy
spirit
1.
Tim
4
10.
Mat.
10.
30.
Ps.
1.
3.
Rom.
8.
31.
Ps.
2.
12.
5
We
preuent
many
noysome
lusts
which
otherwise
would
fasten
on
vs
.
Psalme
119.
10.
11.
Iohn
15.
15.
Exod.
19.
5.
Pro.
19.
23.
6
We
are
freed
from
many
temporall
iudgements
which
vnstaied
soules
are
subiect
to
.
Psalme
91.
11.
Psal.
32.
10.
11.
7
Our
score
shall
be
the
lesse
,
and
our
reckoning
more
easie
at
the
day
of
iudgement
.
8
Hereby
wee
shall
haue
our
conuersation
in
heauen
.
Philip.
3.
21.
9
Our
heart
and
the
inordinate
lusts
thereof
shall
be
keept
at
a
bay
.
10
We
shall
be
armed
against
all
temptations
,
and
secured
in
the
midst
of
them
.
Ephes.
6.
13.
11
We
shall
be
weaned
from
the
loue
of
this
wretched
world
.
12
Yea
led
forward
constantly
to
obtaine
the
end
of
our
faith
,
which
is
the
saluation
of
our
soules
.
Ephes.
6.
2.
Tim.
4.
13
We
shall
approue
our selues
not
to
be
of
the
world
by
our
contrary
fashion
to
it
.
Rom.
12.
14
We
shall
recouer
our
first
Image
,
in
being
holy
as
God
is
holy
.
1.
Pet.
1.
15
And
readie
to
meete
our
Sauiour
whensoeuer
hee
shall
come
.
Ephes.
6.
Math.
24
25.
&c.
16
We
shall
see
our
daily
weaknesse
and
inability
to
serue
God
,
and
so
acknowledge
vnfainedly
our
vnworthines
of
the
least
mercies
,
and
so
happily
preuent
spirituall
pride
.
17
We
gaine
hereby
a
certaine
knowledge
of
our
estate
in
grace
,
and
by
the
light
hereof
we
know
whither
we
walke
.
1.
Iohn
3.
1.
18
Wee
shall
be
raised
vp
from
our
fals
into
sinne
.
1.
Ioh.
2.
2.
19
Wee
shall
vse
prosperity
aright
.
Iob
3.
1.
24.
Ier.
8.
4.
6.
20
And
ouercome
all
troubles
.
Rom.
8.
36.
21
Yea
we
shall
be
fitter
to
win
others
.
Gal.
6.
1.
22
And
so
grow
forward
to
perfection
.
Col.
1.
9.
Ioh.
7.
52.
23
And
happily
be
continued
to
the
end
.
CHAP.
V.
IT
being
now
apparent
that
there
is
a
daily
sacrifice
of
obedience
to
be
performed
vnto
God
:
1
What
duties
we
are
necessarily
bound
in
conscience
to
performe
daily
.
2
How
we
are
to
entertaine
the
seuerall
occasions
of
the
day
as
vsually
they
fall
out
,
in
this
holy
and
constant
manner
.
CHAP.
VI.
That
which
we
are
necessarily
bound
to
doe
daily
,
is
FIrst
to
bee
humbled
before
the
Lord
in
the
sense
of
our
owne
And
that
because
,
1
The
best
seruice
we
shall
doe
must
be
sanctified
by
repentance
.
2
Hereby
we
giue
glorie
vnto
God
,
and
offer
a
daily
sacrifice
acceptable
vnto
him
.
Psal.
51.
18.
3
Hereby
wee
deny
our selues
and
daily
take
vp
our
crosse
.
Math.
16.
4
We
approue
our
right
and
estate
in
Christ
Iesus
in
that
we
confesse
our selues
to
be
sinners
and
such
as
haue
daily
neede
of
his
mercie
,
and
so
daily
fit
our selues
vnto
the
same
.
Math.
11
28.
5
Wee
iustifie
the
truth
of
our
religion
against
all
the
imaginarie
per●ection
of
Popery
,
and
securitie
,
of
Libertines
and
Atheists
whomsoeuer
,
and
so
do
daily
giue
an
account
of
our
faith
.
1.
Pet.
3.
15.
Now
this
dutie
is
conscionably
performed
,
First
,
By
taking
a
strict
view
and
account
of
them
by
the
glasse
of
the
law
.
Psal.
19.
11.
Secondly
,
by
mourning
before
the
Lord
in
the
sense
of
them
,
not
so
much
for
feare
of
the
punishment
,
as
that
we
haue
offended
so
good
a
God
.
Luke
15.
21.
Thirdly
,
by
acknowledging
our
sinnes
vnto
the
Lord
.
Prou
28.
13.
and
that
,
1
From
the
fountaine
,
originall
sinne
.
Psal.
51.
5.
2
From
the
streames
;
both
our
thoughts
so
far●e
as
we
may
,
our
idle
words
,
and
prophane
actions
.
Psal.
19.
12.
13.
And
here
both
,
1
What
good
we
haue
omitted
.
2
What
●uil
we
haue
committed
.
3
How
we
haue
sinned
of
ignorance
.
Psal.
73
22.
4
How
of
knowledge
we
haue
transgres●ed
,
&c.
Especially
and
more
particularly
we
must
acknowledge
,
1
The
sinnes
we
haue
bin
subiect
to
.
Psalme
51.
14.
2
Those
which
for
the
presen●
we
grone
vnder
.
3
Those
which
we
feare
most
.
Psal.
19.
13.
4
The
sinnes
of
our
fathers
.
Nehem.
9.
5
The
sinnes
of
the
Land
and
State
among
whom
we
liue
.
Daniel
9.
6
Yea
,
such
as
in
particular
wee
knowe
not
,
we
are
notwithstanding
to
yeeld
vp
to
bee
searched
by
the
Lord
;
and
by
his
mercie
either
to
be
brought
to
our
remembrance
,
or
to
be
gratiously
passed
ouer
.
Psal.
19.
12.
Fourthly
,
Sinne
being
thus
acknowledged
,
wee
must
further
proceede
to
a
detestation
thereof
,
Iob
42.
and
of
our selues
for
the
same
.
Fiftly
,
Then
we
must
feele
them
a
burthen
which
wee
are
not
able
to
beare
.
Act.
2.
37.
Psal.
,
8.
4.
Lastly
,
Wee
must
flie
vnto
Iesus
Christ
,
by
faith
to
be
eased
of
this
burthen
.
Matth.
11
28.
Helpes
hereunto
,
are
1
The
due
contemplation
of
the
Maiesty
of
God
,
2
The
vilenes
and
abiectnes
of
man
,
that
durst
commit
such
wickednes
against
God
.
3
The
danger
that
he
hath
incurred
hereby
,
euen
all
the
plagues
that
are
written
in
Gods
booke
,
Deut
29.
27.
4
The
riches
of
Gods
mercie
,
in
prouiding
so
excellent
a
remedie
against
sinne
,
as
the
pretious
blood
of
his
onely
and
deerely
beloued
Sonne
,
when
nothing
in
the
world
was
auaileable
thereunto
.
1.
Peter
1.
5
The
excellencie
of
our
estate
in
Iesus
Christ
,
with
the
manifold
priuiledges
and
benefits
thereof
.
1.
Iohn
3
1.
6
Our
vnthankfulnes
against
the
blood
of
the
Couenant
,
in
not
walking
worthy
of
the
same
.
Ephes.
4.
1.
7
The
danger
heereof
,
to
haue
made
the
same
,
so
much
as
lieth
in
vs
,
of
none
effect
.
Heb.
10.
8
That
we
haue
grieued
Gods
holy
Spirit
Ephe.
4
30.
9
And
dulled
,
if
not
quenched
the
graces
of
God
in
vs
.
1.
Thessalo
.
Markes
of
true
repentance
,
are
1
Refusing
carnal
comforts
more
then
ordinarily
.
Ionah
3.
6.
Esai
.
64.
6.
3
Desire
to
bee
more
vile
.
1.
Tim.
1.
13.
15.
3
Mourning
and
complaining
of
hardnes
of
heart
.
Esai
.
63.
17.
4
Sorrow
for
the
sins
of
others
.
Dan.
9.
Ezec.
9.
Psal.
119.
136.
5
Trembling
at
the
word
,
and
yet
louing
the
sharpest
blowes
thereof
.
Psal.
119.
120.
6
Submiting
our selues
to
Gods
chastisements
.
Psal.
39.
9.
Mich.
7.
9.
7
Labouring
the
conuersion
of
others
.
Psal.
51.
17.
8
Shame
of
humane
society
.
Ezech.
16.
61.
9
Feare
of
the
wrath
of
God
.
Psal.
119.
120.
10
Strong
cries
for
mercie
.
Ioel.
2.
17.
11
Feare
of
the
occasions
and
hatred
of
all
apparance
of
euill
.
1.
Thessa.
5.
22.
1.
Tim.
5.
14.
Iude.
23.
12
Pouerty
of
spirit
in
regard
of
sinne
all
our
life
long
.
Math.
5.
3.
2.
Ephes.
3.
12.
The
effects
and
benefits
hereof
,
are
1
We
shall
cut
off
custome
in
sinne
,
and
preuent
security
in
the
same
.
Math.
26.
41.
2
Our
feare
of
God
shall
be
encreased
,
and
so
the
rage
of
sinne
abated
Psal.
119.
133.
3
Selfe
loue
shall
bee
weakned
and
happily
subdued
.
4
The
sandie
foundation
of
natuere
shall
be
discouered
,
and
wisely
abandoned
.
●om.
3.
9.
20.
5
An
holy
despaire
of
our selues
procur●d
.
6
Our
hunger
after
Christ
Iesus
more
sharpned
and
encreased
.
7
The
heart
exceedingly
eased
of
a
most
grieuous
burthen
.
Psalme
32.
4.
5.
8
Yea
the
very
bodie
much
quieted
and
maintained
in
health
.
Psal.
32.
5.
CHAP.
VII
.
THE
soule
being
thus
humbled
,
and
that
1
Because
our
former
humiliation
without
this
raising
vp
,
wil
either
driue
vs
to
despaire
,
or
else
make
our
life
most
vncomfortable
vnto
vs
.
Gal.
2.
20.
Phil.
3.
2
Because
nothing
will
prosper
in
the
day
without
this
comfort
,
neither
our
desires
for
what
wee
want
,
nor
our
vse
of
that
we
haue
.
3
By
this
we
truely
liue
the
life
of
grace
,
and
so
haue
our
conuersation
here
in
heauen
.
4
Hereby
also
we
die
daily
,
and
so
are
fitted
vnto
glory
.
Col.
1.
11.
5
That
so
whatsoeuer
be●ide
vs
,
this
may
be
sufficient
for
vs
.
2.
Cor.
12.
Now
wee
are
raised
vp
by
faith
to
the
certaine
assurance
of
the
forgiuenes
of
our
sinnes
,
First
,
by
reuiuing
and
encreasing
of
our
knowledge
,
that
Iesus
Christ
is
the
alone
propitiation
for
our
sins
.
This
is
performed
,
1
By
a
serious
meditation
on
the
promise
of
the
Messiah
.
Iohn
3.
16.
2
By
exercising
our selues
more
conscionably
in
the
reading
,
and
hearing
of
the
word
taught
.
Iohn
5.
39.
Secondly
,
Faith
is
quickned
by
reuiuing
our
apprehension
of
the
promise
;
and
this
is
done
,
1
By
earnest
prayer
vnto
God
for
the
renuing
of
his
Spirit
in
vs
.
Psal.
51.
12.
2
By
an
hearty
acknowledgement
,
that
wee
haue
iustly
grieued
the
Spirit
of
God
,
and
so
are
deseruedly
depriued
of
the
feeling
therof
.
Psalme
51
▪
4.
Lamentation
3.
22
,
37.
3
Meditating
of
our
former
comfort
and
assurance
heerein
.
Psalme
77.
And
this
reuiuing
hath
many
degrees
.
First
,
Secondly
,
Hope
of
pardon
,
wherby
though
wee
yet
feele
not
our
sinnes
certainely
pardoned
,
yet
wee
beleeue
that
they
are
pardonable
;
not
in
respect
of
themselues
,
as
if
they
were
lesse
heynous
,
but
in
respect
of
God
,
whose
mercies
are
aboue
them
.
Esay
1.
18.
Thirdly
,
An
hungring
and
thirsting
after
grace
offered
in
Iesus
Christ
.
Ioh.
6.
35
,
7
,
37.
Reu
21.
6.
And
this
is
discerned
,
1
By
our
prizing
and
preferring
it
aboue
all
other
comforts
.
Philip.
3.
2
By
our
fainting
and
languishing
after
it
Psal.
42.
3
By
our
strong
cries
and
endeuours
for
the
same
.
Psalme
51.
12
,
13.
&c.
Fourthly
,
Wee
approch
to
the
th●one
of
grace
,
and
flying
from
the
terrour
of
the
law
,
we
take
hold
on
Christ
,
and
find
fauor
in
God
.
Heb.
4.
16.
Heb.
10.
19.
And
this
is
performed
:
1
By
an
humble
confession
of
thy
sinne
in
particular
,
whereupon
followeth
a
full
remission
of
them
.
Psalme
32.
5.
2
Crauing
pardon
of
some
speciall
sins
,
with
vnspeakeable
sighs
&
perseuerance
.
Lu.
15.
21.
Act.
8.
21.
Fiftly
,
Hereupon
followeth
a
particular
perswasion
imprinted
in
the
heart
by
the
holy
Ghost
,
wherby
euery
faithfull
man
doth
particularly
applie
vnto
himselfe
those
promises
which
are
made
in
the
Gospell
.
Mat.
9.
2.
Mat.
15.
28.
Psal.
143.
12.
This
perswasion
is
discerned
by
these
markes
:
1
It
goes
before
experience
,
Mat.
15.
23.
&
so
our
faith
is
supernatural
&
contrary
to
all
reason
.
Heb.
11.
1.
2
It
holds
beyond
experience
.
Iob
13.
15.
Heb.
11.
1.
and
is
aboue
all
feeling
.
3
And
neuer
leaues
vs
till
wee
haue
obtained
the
end
thereof
,
which
is
the
saluation
of
our
soules
.
●
Pet.
1.
9.
This
perswasion
hath
these
degrees
:
First
it
takes
hold
weakely
,
And
it
is
discerned
,
1
By
an
earnest
desire
and
endeauour
to
obtaine
Gods
fauour
.
2
By
a
continuall
complaining
of
our
vnbeleefe
,
and
mourning
for
it
.
Marc.
9.
24.
3
By
an
earnest
striuing
against
it
,
in
vsing
all
good
helps
,
as
prayer
,
the
word
,
conference
,
&c.
Math.
8.
25.
Luke
17.
5.
This
weakenes
proceedes
,
1
From
want
of
knowledge
in
the
mystery
of
saluation
.
2
For
want
of
application
to
our selues
of
the
particular
promise
.
2.
Tim.
1.
12.
3
For
want
of
obseruation
and
entertainment
of
such
comforts
as
haue
beene
offered
vnto
vs
.
Math.
16.
8.
9.
2.
Tim.
4.
17.
And
it
is
caused
by
,
1
Withdrawing
the
light
of
Gods
countenance
.
Psal
30.
6.
2
Some
grosse
sinne
committed
.
Psal.
51.
3
Meanes
neglected
,
as
the
word
,
prayer
,
&c.
Iohn
.
20.
24.
4
Some
spirituall
pride
in
the
heart
.
2
▪
Cor.
12.
5
Want
of
constancie
and
setlednes
in
religion
.
Galat.
1.
6.
2.
Thes●
.
2.
2.
Secondly
,
takes
hold
strongly
and
fully
perswades
the
heart
,
that
God
loueth
me
,
that
Christ
is
mine
,
and
all
things
with
him
.
Rom.
4.
22.
Rom.
8.
38.
And
it
is
discerned
.
1
By
cheerefulnes
in
troubles
:
2
Boldnes
in
the
cause
of
God
.
Act.
5.
3
Wisedome
in
our
Christian
callings
.
Ephes
3.
4
Crucifying
our selues
to
the
world
,
and
the
world
to
vs
.
Gallath
.
5.
5
Preparation
to
suffer
.
Act.
21.
6
Desire
&
longing
after
death
.
1.
Phil.
22.
And
it
is
obtained
,
1
By
constancy
in
our
callings
.
2
Combatting
with
many
troubles
,
especially
those
of
our
owne
vnbeleeuing
hearts
.
Luc.
22.
32.
3
Comforting
others
and
raising
vp
afflicted
consciences
.
1.
Phil.
2
Cor.
1.
4.
4
By
long
experience
of
Gods
fauor
and
loue
in
many
deliuerances
.
Psal.
23.
5.
5
By
ripenes
&
dexterity
in
the
meanes
:
as
power
in
prayer
,
the
word
,
&c.
Ephes.
6.
18.
6
Daily
examining
and
trying
our selues
.
Psal.
4.
34.
7
Renouncing
the
especiall
sinne
which
hangeth
so
fast
vpon
vs
He.
12.
1.
8
Renuing
daily
our
couenant
with
God
,
&
charging
it
afresh
vpon
our
harts
to
constancie
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
AND
this
is
the
third
duety
daily
we
must
performe
,
1
Because
the
hart
is
that
which
God
principally
delights
in
.
Prou.
23.
26.
2
The
heart
is
the
fountaine
of
euery
action
,
if
it
bee
clensed
,
the
actions
will
be
sutable
.
Luke
8.
3
The
infirmity
of
the
action
shall
not
be
imputed
,
if
the
heart
be
ordered
aright
.
2.
Corinthians
8.
12.
4
As
the
bodie
sleepes
,
so
the
heart
sleepes
too
,
and
therefore
the
one
must
be
awaked
as
the
other
.
Esay
29.
10.
Now
the
heart
may
be
cast
into
a
sleepe
.
1.
Thess.
5.
6.
1
By
ignorance
of
it selfe
.
Ephes.
5.
14.
2
By
selfeloue
,
and
ouerweening
of
it
owne
perfections
.
3
By
neglecting
the
meanes
.
4
By
corrupt
meanes
in
steade
of
the
pure
fountaines
.
5
By
the
ceasing
of
Gods
Spirit
to
worke
.
6
By
some
grosse
sinne
committed
.
2.
Sam.
11.
7
By
security
in
prosperitie
and
sinne
.
8
By
presumption
of
Gods
mercies
or
it
owne
merits
.
Matthew
26.
33.
9
By
stupiditie
and
senselesnesse
.
10
By
spirituall
blindenesse
and
hardnes
of
heart
.
The
preparing
of
the
heart
hath
these
degrees
:
First
,
It
must
be
awakened
and
roused
vp
,
1
By
meditating
.
1
What
it
was
by
nature
.
Ierem.
17.
9.
Matth.
15.
19.
2
What
it
is
now
by
grace
.
Ro.
6.
2.
Ephes
4.
23.
3
How
vnsearchable
and
endles
agulfe
it
is
.
1
▪
Cor.
4
4.
2
By
yeelding
it
vp
to
God
,
and
exposing
it
naked
before
him
,
and
that
1
Both
confessing
its
corruption
,
and
deceitfulnes
.
2
And
also
submitting
it
wholly
to
his
gouernment
.
3
Reforming
the
occasions
whereby
it
was
laid
asleepe
,
as
1
Ignorance
,
by
the
glasse
of
the
word
.
Iam.
1.
25.
2
Selfe-loue
,
by
viewing
our selues
in
the
glasse
of
the
conscience
examined
by
the
Law
.
Rom.
7.
8
,
9.
3
vsing
the
meanes
conscionably
.
4
Especially
not
closing
with
corrupt
meanes
.
5
Renue
the
Spirit
by
vnfained
repentance
.
Psal.
51.
10.
6
Forsake
not
onely
grosse
sins
,
but
euen
all
,
yea
all
apparance
of
sinne
.
1.
Thes.
5.
22.
7
Be
we
alwaies
watchfull
ouer
our selues
.
Luk.
22.
8
Auoyde
we
presumption
by
meditation
of
Gods
iustice
.
Iude
5.
6
,
7.
9
Remedie
wee
stupidity
by
quicknes
in
apprehension
,
and
forwardnes
to
iudge
our selues
.
1.
Cor.
11.
31.
10
Breake
we
our
hard
hearts
with
the
hammer
of
Gods
word
.
Iere.
23.
29.
1.
Cor.
9.
27.
The
heart
being
awakened
,
must
be
throughly
sifted
and
examined
,
First
,
1
Not
by
it selfe
,
but
by
the
law
of
God
.
Heb.
4.
12.
2
Neither
by
the
world
,
but
by
the
conscience
informed
by
the
word
.
Ierem
6.
14.
3
Not
by
opinion
,
but
by
the
euidence
of
the
Spirit
.
Roman.
8.
16.
Rom.
14.
5.
Pro.
14.
12.
4
Neither
by
the
lawes
of
men
,
but
by
the
rule
of
faith
.
Matth.
15.
9.
Acts
4.
19.
5
Neither
by
the
letter
of
Gods
Law
,
but
by
the
spirituall
meaning
thereof
.
Mat.
5.
6
Not
by
the
outward
condition
,
but
by
the
inward
experience
.
Eccles
9.
1.
Pro.
14.
13.
7
Neither
by
outward
actions
,
but
by
inward
purposes
.
Ierem.
17.
10.
Io●
2.
13.
8
Not
by
the
examples
of
the
most
,
but
of
the
best
.
Luk.
18.
1.
Cor.
11
▪
1.
Secondly
,
Not
once
or
seldome
,
but
daily
.
Psal
119.
Not
slightly
but
seriously
,
euen
from
the
bottome
.
Psal.
119.
12.
Not
on
the
one
side
,
but
on
both
,
as
well
what
euill
we
haue
done
as
what
good
.
Neither
in
generall
,
but
in
particular
,
concerning
the
chiefe
good
or
euill
.
Psal.
51.
And
that
not
partially
but
conscionably
and
indifferently
,
both
concerning
it
weakenes
and
also
it
strength
.
Psal.
42.
Thirdly
,
we
must
herein
ayme
at
a
right
end
:
1
Not
vaine
glory
,
but
the
praise
of
God
.
2
Neither
for
selfe-loue
,
but
to
denie
our selues
.
3
Not
for
loue
of
the
world
,
but
to
the
renouncing
thereof
.
4
Neither
for
feare
of
death
,
but
to
be
prepared
to
it
.
5
Not
to
remit
of
our
sincerity
,
but
to
increase
in
holines
.
Psal.
119.
6
Not
to
preferre
our selues
before
others
,
that
are
behind
vs
,
but
to
be
humbled
in
regard
of
those
that
haue
out-stript
vs
.
7
Not
to
bee
approued
of
the
world
,
but
to
the
conuincing
or
conuerting
thereof
.
8
Not
to
make
vs
distrust
God
,
but
to
increase
our
confidence
in
him
.
9
And
so
to
hunger
more
constantly
after
him
.
The
heart
beeing
thus
tried
and
examined
,
Psal.
51.
12.
Pro.
4.
And
that
by
these
meanes
:
First
,
Secondly
,
by
renuing
our
vows
and
binding
vs
to
the
performance
of
them
.
and
that
1
By
publicke
protestation
.
2
By
solemne
and
conscionable
oaths
.
2.
Chron.
15.
3
By
the
curse
of
the
law
.
Nehem.
10.
31.
4
Calling
others
to
witnes
,
as
the
Church
of
God
.
Thirdly
,
wee
must
continually
feare
our selues
,
and
haue
a
holy
iealousie
of
our
best
actions
.
Prouerb
.
28.
14.
And
that
in
regard
,
1
Of
the
vnsearchablenes
of
our
hearts
.
Ier.
17.
9.
2
Of
the
priuie
corruptions
that
doe
assault
vs
.
Psal.
19.
3
In
respect
of
the
infirmities
that
doe
accompany
our
best
actions
.
Iob
4.
18.
4
As
also
especially
in
regard
of
the
presence
of
our
gracious
God
beholding
and
approuing
all
our
actions
.
Psalme
33.
13.
And
this
feare
is
discerned
,
1
By
an
earnest
striuing
against
our
coruptions
.
2
By
a
desire
to
approue
our selues
to
the
Church
of
God
.
3
By
tendernes
of
conscience
in
all
our
actions
.
4
By
lowlines
in
our
carriage
,
euen
towards
our
inferiors
.
Fourthly
,
There
must
be
a
constant
watching
ouer
the
outward
man
,
auoyding
both
the
occasions
of
euill
,
and
the
least
appearance
therof
.
Psal.
39.
1.
Iob
31.
1.
Fiftly
,
We
must
moderate
our selues
in
our
Christian
liberty
,
Gal.
5.
13
▪
and
that
by
these
rules
:
1
Of
our
callings
,
that
wee
exceede
not
them
.
1.
Corin
7.
20.
2
Of
the
times
,
that
wee
bring
forth
fruite
in
due
season
.
Psalme
1.
3.
3
Of
the
place
,
that
in
outward
things
we
conforme
therto
.
1.
Cor.
9.
20.
4
Of
the
persons
,
that
we
giue
no
iust
offence
.
1.
Cor.
10.
33.
Here
our
guides
must
be
:
Loue
,
which
seekes
not
our
own
.
1.
Cor.
13.
Wisedome
,
to
become
all
vnto
all
.
1.
Cor.
9.
And
our
ends
,
1
Expediencie
,
that
we
may
be
fitting
.
1.
Cor.
10.
2
Vnder
that
which
may
bee
seemely
.
Col.
2.
3
Edification
,
that
which
may
benefit
our selues
and
others
.
1.
Cor.
10.
4
And
principally
the
glorie
of
Almightie
God
.
1.
Cor.
10.
31.
Sixtly
,
We
must
entertaine
and
cherish
the
motions
of
the
Spirit
of
God
.
1.
Thess.
5.
19.
2.
Tim.
1.
6.
This
is
performed
:
1
By
a
wise
discerning
of
them
.
1.
Tim.
4.
14.
2
By
an
high
esteeme
of
them
.
3
By
reioycing
in
them
,
as
if
we
had
found
the
greatest
treasures
.
Mat.
13.
44.
4
By
putting
them
speedilie
in
execution
.
Psal.
45.
1.
5
By
offring
vp
an
extraordinary
sacrifice
of
praise
for
them
,
abasing
our selues
in
regard
of
such
excellent
graces
,
and
acknowledging
the
free
mercy
of
God
in
so
gracious
a
fellowship
.
Psalme
116.
7
,
12.
Seuenthly
,
If
the
Spirit
of
God
shall
lie
asleepe
in
vs
Psal
119.
This
we
shall
discerne
:
1
By
great
terrours
in
the
conscience
.
2
A
kind
of
loathing
of
holy
duties
.
3
Great
coldnes
and
deadnes
in
the
vse
of
them
.
4
Little
sensible
comfort
when
we
haue
performed
them
.
Psal.
77.
2
,
3.
5
Much
discontentment
in
the
mind
,
and
blindnes
in
the
same
.
Psa.
6.
3.
6
Aptnes
to
rush
into
the
sinnes
we
haue
heretofore
conquered
.
7
Vnwillingnes
to
die
,
&c.
Here
then
we
must
at
no
hand
blesse
our
soules
in
this
estate
,
but
First
,
rouse
vp
the
Spirit
,
and
labour
to
be
quickned
,
and
that
by
vsing
the
holy
meanes
:
as
1
The
Ministerie
of
the
word
.
2
Priuate
and
strong
crying
vnto
God
.
Psal.
51.
3
Crauing
the
effectuall
prayers
of
the
saints
.
Iames
5.
15.
4
Vsing
more
conscionably
their
fellowships
,
and
opening
our
state
vnto
them
.
5
Racking
our
harts
by
a
serious
and
impartiall
examination
,
and
committing
our
most
speciall
tentations
to
record
.
6
Promising
more
faithfulnes
for
the
time
to
come
.
Psal.
80.
18.
7
And
binding
our selues
more
constantly
to
the
conuersion
of
others
.
Psal.
116.
18.
Psal.
32.
8.
9.
Ps.
34.
3.
8.
11.
8
Exercising
a
daily
course
of
repentance
.
9
Not
neglecting
also
to
humble
our selues
in
this
behalfe
in
some
priuate
fast
vnto
God
.
Psal.
35.
in
our
closets
or
families
.
Eightly
,
make
we
some
experiment
vpon
some
chiefe
lust
of
the
heart
to
get
the
mastery
ouer
it
for
by
an
experimentall
conquest
ouer
one
,
we
shall
learne
in
time
to
conquere
all
the
rest
.
And
this
must
be
done
:
1
By
obseruing
the
deepenes
of
Satan
in
his
variety
of
baits
,
to
draw
vs
into
the
snare
.
2
Considering
the
deceitfulnes
of
the
heart
,
how
gladly
it
would
close
with
Satan
.
3
Remembring
our
former
tripping
by
the
like
tentation
.
4
Thereupon
confesse
wee
in
humble
prayer
vnto
God
that
wee
haue
deserued
to
be
ouertaken
with
it
.
5
Detest
we
our selues
that
sinne
hath
got
such
ground
of
vs
.
Iob
42.
6
Hereupon
vow
wee
reuenge
against
our
treacherous
flesh
.
2.
Cor.
7.
11.
7
And
practise
wee
the
same
by
the
former
rules
of
humiliation
,
and
such
as
hereafter
shall
bee
laid
downe
.
8
And
so
being
wise
to
feare
our selues
in
regard
of
the
said
tentation
we
shall
happilie
get
the
conquest
of
it
.
Prou
14.
9
Wee
must
daily
recount
how
wee
haue
profited
in
godlinesse
.
Psal.
119.
10
we
must
prepare
our selues
continually
to
afflictions
.
Luk.
9.
s
23.
11
Wee
must
bee
plentifull
in
good
workes
.
2.
Pet.
1.
9.
12
In
all
our
actions
,
specially
extraordinary
we
must
not
trust
to
that
soundnes
of
heart
which
hath
beene
,
but
trie
them
by
that
which
is
,
that
so
from
the
sense
of
the
purenes
of
the
fountaine
the
streames
may
flow
more
certainely
and
purely
.
Luke
6.
43.
Mat.
13.
13
Though
the
heart
may
appeare
to
be
sound
,
yet
the
goodnesse
of
the
action
must
not
so
much
depend
vpon
the
soundnes
of
the
heart
appearing
,
as
vpon
the
free
mercies
of
God
accepting
the
same
.
14
We
must
prouide
a
complet
armour
for
the
heart
,
being
prepared
to
preserue
it
.
Ephes.
6.
13.
CHAP.
IX
.
And
this
is
the
fourth
duty
of
necesssity
to
be
performed
daily
by
vs
:
1
Because
such
an
armour
is
commended
vnto
vs
in
the
word
.
Ephes.
6.
2
Our
enemies
are
mighty
princes
and
armed
wickednesses
.
Ephes.
6.
16.
3
The
heart
without
it
lies
open
to
all
tentations
.
4
By
it
we
shall
be
able
to
cast
downe
all
strong
holds
.
2.
Cor.
10.
4
which
stand
in
our
way
to
happines
.
1.
Tim.
6.
11.
5
And
so
shall
lay
hold
on
eternall
life
,
and
finish
our
course
with
ioy
.
2.
Tim.
4.
6.
Here
consider
these
three
points
:
1
What
this
armor
is
.
2
How
it
is
to
be
put
on
.
3
How
to
be
kept
on
.
This
armo●
hath
many
peeces
.
First
,
the
Girdle
of
truth
and
sincerity
.
Ephes.
6.
14.
&
this
consisteth
of
these
parts
:
The
first
is
a
rectified
iudgment
proceeding
from
an
illightned
and
sanctified
vnderstanding
,
wrought
by
a
liue
faith
through
the
word
of
God
.
Ephes.
4.
13.
And
it
hath
these
properties
:
1
It
is
sound
in
what
it
knowes
.
Coloss.
1.
6.
9.
2
It
retaineth
safely
what
it
knowes
.
Psal.
119.
11.
3
It
is
wise
to
distinguish
betweene
things
that
differ
,
Philip.
1.
and
so
to
trie
the
Spirits
.
1.
Iohn
4.
1.
4
It
discernes
all
things
.
1.
Cor.
2.
15.
5
It
comprehends
the
height
,
and
bredth
,
and
depth
,
and
length
.
Ephes.
3.
6
It
knows
no
man
after
the
flesh
.
2.
Cor.
5.
16.
7
It
knowes
but
in
part
,
and
so
is
subiect
to
errour
.
1.
Cor.
13.
8
It
is
not
obstinate
in
errour
,
but
willing
to
be
reformed
in
what
it
hath
beene
misinformed
.
2.
Tim.
2.
16.
9
It
is
apt
and
desirous
to
receiue
further
illumination
.
Colos.
1.
10
2.
Tim.
3.
7.
10
And
daily
increaseth
in
this
sauing
knowledge
.
Helpes
to
put
on
this
armour
,
are
1
A
discerning
of
our
owne
inward
blindnes
.
Psal.
119.
28.
2
A
daily
meditation
in
the
word
and
workes
of
God
.
Psal.
1.
3
A
faithful
recording
,
and
comparing
of
things
past
with
things
present
;
and
so
collecting
for
the
time
to
come
.
Luk.
2.
51.
And
this
part
of
the
Girdle
serueth
:
1
To
condemne
the
blindnes
of
nature
.
2
To
discerne
between
the
light
of
nature
and
grace
,
the
illightning
and
sanctifying
Spirit
.
Col.
1.
9
Ephes.
5.
8.
3
To
direct
all
our
actions
:
for
as
we
know
,
so
we
doe
.
Rom.
14.
5
,
23.
4
To
make
triall
of
them
:
for
if
they
haue
not
the
light
,
it
is
because
there
is
no
truth
in
them
.
Ioh.
3.
21.
5
To
informe
and
instruct
others
.
Psal.
34.
The
second
part
of
this
Girdle
is
,
1
By
this
;
that
it
excuseth
for
al
sinnes
,
as
our
persons
are
accepted
in
Christ
.
1.
Cor.
4.
4.
2
It
checkes
for
the
least
sinne
,
before
actuall
repentance
bee
performed
.
1.
Iohn
5.
17.
3
It
approues
our
vpright
walking
in
the
whole
course
of
our
life
.
Acts
23.
1.
Psal.
26.
1.
4
It
procures
vs
peace
with
God
.
Rom.
5.
1.
and
with
men
so
far
as
it
is
possible
&
expedient
.
Ro.
12.
18.
5
It
breedes
contentment
in
the
life
&
al
occasions
.
Phil.
4.
12.
6
It
procures
cheerfulnes
in
the
countenance
,
and
readines
in
al
our
busines
.
Pro.
28.
1.
7
It
makes
vs
couragious
in
the
truth
,
and
willing
by
all
meanes
to
defend
the
same
.
Acts
4.
13.
Acts
6.
15.
Acts
18.
26.
8
It
maks
vs
victorious
in
troubles
,
and
9
Ready
to
yeeld
vp
our
liues
into
the
hands
of
God
.
And
it
is
put
on
and
preserued
,
1
By
making
conscience
of
all
things
commanded
.
Psal.
119.
6.
2
By
keeping
it
tender
and
sensible
of
the
least
euill
.
Heb.
13.
18.
3
To
this
end
view
we
it
daily
in
the
glasse
of
the
word
,
that
so
the
iudgment
may
be
kept
cleer
to
preuent
security
.
4
Examine
we
,
and
censure
the
daily
errors
thereof
by
calling
it
before
the
Lord
,
to
auoyde
spirituall
blindnes
.
5
Auoyd
wee
aboue
all
things
,
doubtfulnes
,
and
distraction
in
our
actions
.
Rom.
14.
5.
6
Especially
keepe
we
our selues
from
wilful
fighting
against
the
light
therof
,
in
committing
grosse
&
presumptuous
sinnes
.
Psal.
19.
12.
7
Haue
we
alwaies
more
regard
of
it
in
the
sight
of
God
,
then
of
our
credite
with
men
.
1.
Cor.
4.
4.
Ro.
2.
29
8
File
we
into
the
bosom
therof
when
outward
things
crosse
vs
.
Acts
23.
1.
9
Rest
we
not
so
vpon
the
iustification
thereof
,
but
that
we
referre
it
to
the
mercie
of
God
.
1.
Cor.
4.
4.
The
benefit
of
this
part
of
the
Girdle
is
:
1
It
procures
&
maintaines
true
inward
ioy
.
2
Hereby
we
haue
alwaies
boldnes
before
God
.
1.
Ioh.
3.
20.
to
obtain
good
things
at
his
hands
.
He
10.
3
And
are
enabled
and
furnished
against
all
the
reproches
and
euils
of
men
.
Pro.
18.
4
By
this
we
are
alwaies
certaine
of
the
things
we
doe
,
and
the
acceptance
of
them
in
the
sight
of
God
.
Psal.
51.
6.
Hereby
we
are
comforted
in
the
greatest
buffetings
of
Satan
,
and
our
cowardly
&
vnbeleeuing
hearts
.
1.
Iohn
3.
21.
6
And
led
along
in
most
cheerfull
manner
throughout
all
difficulties
to
the
receiuing
of
the
reward
.
Heb.
11.
26.
7
We
encrease
in
sanctification
and
holinesse
.
1.
Timothie
1.
18.
19.
8
We
put
to
confusion
the
pride
and
practises
of
our
enemies
.
1.
Sam.
26.
21.
9
We
receiue
hereby
a
pledge
of
eternall
life
,
and
haue
our
conuersation
in
heauen
.
Rom.
8.
16.
Phi.
3.
20.
A
third
part
of
this
sincerity
consists
in
the
wil
,
1
By
cheerefulnes
in
weldoing
,
not
by
compulsion
,
but
of
a
willing
minde
.
1.
Cor.
9.
1.
Pet.
5.
2
Resisting
sinne
and
the
occasions
thereof
.
Psal.
119.
104.
3
Yeelding
to
sinne
with
griefe
.
Rom.
7.
15.
4
Rising
by
repentance
out
of
the
same
.
Pro.
28.
14.
The
state
and
measure
hereof
is
:
1
That
it
is
not
free
to
good
or
euill
,
but
freed
to
doe
good
.
Philip.
2.
13.
2
Yet
so
freed
as
that
it
is
in
bondage
to
sinne
.
Romanes
7.
18.
3
Yet
so
in
bondage
,
as
that
it
striues
against
that
slauery
,
and
gets
daily
ground
thereof
.
Rom.
7.
25.
Ephes.
2.
3.
The
benefit
hereof
is
:
1
To
enable
vs
to
doe
good
.
2
To
comfort
vs
in
our
outward
faylings
.
2.
Corinth.
8.
12.
Rom
7.
19.
3
To
discerne
of
our
state
in
sanctification
.
Ephes.
2
3.
1.
Corin.
12.
2.
4
To
keepe
our
iudgements
sincere
and
vpright
.
1.
Tim
6
5.
5
To
kindle
and
order
our
affections
in
the
seruice
of
God
.
And
this
is
a
fourth
part
of
this
Girdle
,
Thess.
5.
23.
Rom.
7.
24.
Aud
this
is
discerned
:
1
By
a
right
mouing
of
them
to
their
proper
obiects
.
Romanes
7.
22
,
25.
2
By
their
contentment
in
the
same
.
3
In
that
we
can
more
ioy
or
grieue
for
spirituall
causes
then
for
carnall
.
Psal.
4.
Psal.
119.
4
That
they
tend
to
the
crucifiing
of
the
flesh
,
and
building
forward
of
the
new
man
.
Colossi.
3.
1.
5
That
indeed
by
them
we
are
wholly
emptied
in
our selues
in
respect
of
God
.
2.
Cor.
5.
16.
Ge.
5.
22.
Rom.
12.
1.
Helpes
hereunto
are
:
1
Knowledge
of
the
right
obiect
.
Mark
.
3.
5.
2.
Cor.
7.
2
Weaning
and
abating
them
from
the
false
.
1.
Iohn
.
2.
15.
3
Triall
of
our selues
in
the
practise
of
some
one
of
our
affections
.
Deut.
6.
5.
4
Conscience
to
vse
them
all
in
their
seuerall
times
and
measure
.
Eccles.
3.
1.
Rom.
12.
16.
The
benefit
hereof
,
is
,
1
We
shal
attaine
hereby
a
gracious
conquest
ouer
our
most
vnruly
thoughts
.
2
Wee
shall
find
much
sweete
peace
&
contentment
in
our
Christian
callings
.
3
We
shall
be
more
readie
prest
to
good
actions
.
2.
Cor.
7.
4
And
saued
from
many
noysom
tentations
,
which
otherwise
would
assault
vs
.
2.
Ephes.
4.
26.
Iohn
.
19.
12.
5
We
shall
haue
gracious
fellowship
with
God
.
Col
3.
1.
6
And
be
better
enabled
to
the
conuersion
of
our
brethren
.
Iohn
21.
15.
A
fift
part
of
this
Girdle
is
the
sincerity
of
the
tongue
:
As
being
the
sterne
of
the
shippe
and
the
certaine
Image
of
the
mind
.
And
it
is
discerned
:
1
In
holy
speech
.
Eccles.
3.
7.
2
In
wise
&
seasonable
silence
.
Concerning
fit
and
warrantable
Speech
,
we
are
to
obserue
:
1
Preparation
to
speech
.
2
The
matter
of
it
.
3
The
manner
thereof
.
4
The
end
of
the
same
.
We
shall
be
prepared
to
Speech
,
1
By
prayer
to
God
to
guide
our
tongue
and
that
,
because
First
,
the
Lord
is
the
ruler
of
it
.
Prou.
16.
1.
Secondly
,
By
an
holy
consideration
of
these
things
,
1
That
wee
are
to
speake
in
his
presence
.
Psal.
33.
15.
2
That
there
is
no
liberty
for
idle
talke
.
Mat.
12.
36.
3
That
all
speech
must
tend
to
edification
.
Ephes.
4
29.
4
What
the
matter
is
,
we
mean
to
speake
of
.
5
That
,
what
is
once
out
cannot
be
recalled
.
6
That
we
must
giue
an
account
for
euery
idle
word
.
And
thus
we
shall
be
prepared
to
Speake
.
Now
The
matter
of
our
speech
concernes
either
Persons
,
1
Almighty
God
&
his
workes
.
2
Our
neighbour
,
&
what
concernes
him
.
3
Our
persons
and
occasions
:
In
our
speech
concerning
our
blessed
God
,
1
That
wee
take
not
the
names
of
Gods
Maiestie
in
our
mouthes
,
but
vpon
most
serious
and
waightie
occasions
.
Exod.
20.
2
That
in
the
occasion
we
find
our
hearts
liuely
affected
with
a
true
knowledge
of
holy
reuerence
of
God
,
before
whom
we
speake
,
and
before
wee
vse
his
great
and
feareful
name
,
lest
otherwise
though
the
cause
be
waightie
,
yet
wee
take
it
in
vaine
.
3
That
we
finde
our selues
conforted
,
and
established
in
our
faith
by
taking
of
this
great
,
and
glorious
name
,
as
being
hereby
drawne
nerer
vnto
God
,
and
setled
more
constantly
in
our
loue
of
his
Maiestie
.
To
this
end
vse
not
the
name
of
God
without
some
addition
of
his
attributes
,
as
the
Liuing
Lord
,
the
Glorious
God
,
My
God
,
&c.
Ephes.
1.
3.
4
Take
we
heede
that
the
name
of
God
become
not
ordinarie
,
and
for
custome
.
5
Publish
we
the
works
of
God
not
onely
for
the
present
,
but
to
posterity
Exod.
●4
.
26.
Concerning
our
neighbor
,
If
we
are
to
speake
good
of
our
neighbour
,
then
we
must
doe
it
:
1
Cherefully
,
and
vpon
euery
fit
occasion
.
Luke
5.
29.
2
Wisely
,
rather
in
his
absence
then
in
his
presence
.
3
Indifferently
,
as
well
if
he
bee
our
foe
as
friend
.
4
Constantly
,
maintaining
the
same
testimony
without
any
corruption
or
gaine-saying
.
5
Truely
,
that
wee
giue
him
no
more
nor
lesse
then
his
due
.
6
Charitably
,
if
the
matter
bee
doubtfull
,
rather
with
the
better
.
1.
Cor.
13.
7.
7
Preserue
wee
his
good
name
by
answering
for
him
in
a
case
of
slander
.
1.
Sam
20.
32.
8
If
he
be
fallen
,
raise
wee
him
vp
with
the
spirit
of
meeknes
.
Gal.
6.
1.
Here
are
to
be
auoyded
these
extreames
:
First
,
in
the
defect
:
as
1
Deprauing
of
the
actions
of
our
brethren
from
the
intent
.
Iob
1.
9.
11.
as
if
we
knew
their
hearts
.
2
Extenuating
of
them
in
the
measure
.
3
Mistaking
them
in
the
quality
,
which
is
the
common
practise
of
the
world
to
call
good
euill
,
and
euill
good
.
Esay
.
5.
19.
4
Outfacing
and
bearing
men
downe
in
ther
sincerity
,
and
if
were
possible
to
driue
them
from
the
same
.
Iob
4.
8.
11.
&c.
5
Misiudging
of
it
by
the
outward
euent
.
Iob
27.
6
Conuincing
thereof
by
false
witnesse
and
periurie
.
1.
Reg.
20.
&c.
7
Disgracing
spirituall
gifts
for
want
of
natures
complement
.
1.
Sam.
1.
14.
Secondly
,
We
must
here
take
heede
of
the
other
extreame
in
the
excesse
:
As
1
Commending
them
to
their
faces
.
2
Ascribing
that
vnto
them
which
is
not
theirs
.
Act.
12.
3
Yelding
more
vnto
them
indeede
then
is
theirs
.
4
Daubing
vp
their
sinnes
with
vntempered
morter
.
Eze.
13.
as
presumpton
of
Gods
mercy
or
such
like
.
5
Crying
peace
,
peace
,
and
putting
farre
off
the
euill
day
.
Ier.
6.
6
Approuing
them
for
the
gifts
of
nature
,
though
they
be
not
sanctified
.
Pro
31.
30.
7
Flattering
them
as
if
what
they
had
came
by
their
owne
industry
.
8
Saying
as
they
say
,
be
it
true
or
false
.
Mich.
2.
11.
And
thus
is
our
speech
to
be
ordered
when
we
will
speake
good
of
our
neighbour
.
If
wee
haue
occasion
to
speake
the
contrary
of
him
,
let
vs
consider
these
bounds
:
First
,
wee
must
not
speake
what
we
certainly
know
not
,
but
haue
by
reports
,
surmises
,
&c.
We
may
speake
that
to
himselfe
which
wee
must
not
speake
of
him
to
another
.
Matt.
18.
15.
Secondly
,
wee
must
not
speake
all
what
we
know
:
vnlesse
we
haue
an
especial
calling
hereunto
:
And
that
is
,
1
When
the
Magistrate
requires
it
.
2
When
his
case
by
admonishment
needs
it
.
3
When
danger
to
others
thereby
is
preuented
,
as
in
case
of
murther
,
treason
,
&c.
2.
King
.
6.
8.
Gen.
37.
2.
Est
:
2.
Hence
it
followeth
:
First
,
That
auricular
confession
is
abominable
,
which
bindeth
to
the
concealement
of
such
wickednes
.
Secondly
,
That
it
is
sinne
to
discouer
where
we
are
bound
to
conceale
.
As
in
cases
hereafter
laid
downe
.
Thirdly
,
We
must
not
speake
that
of
our
neighbour
which
we
know
and
is
necessary
to
be
knowne
to
all
persons
,
as
neither
,
To
the
weake
,
lest
they
stumble
at
it
;
nor
to
the
wicked
,
lest
they
insult
in
the
infirmities
of
others
.
Gen.
8.
2.
Sam.
1.
Fourthly
,
Some
may
speak
that
euill
of
their
brethren
which
it
is
not
lawful
for
others
.
As
the
Magistrate
or
Minister
in
reproouing
of
sinne
may
abase
the
persons
with
names
sorting
with
their
sinnes
.
Galla.
4.
1.
Matth.
3.
which
priuate
men
may
nor
doe
.
5
If
it
be
thought
fit
to
mention
the
euill
which
we
know
by
any
man
,
here
first
it
must
bee
done
onely
in
a
generall
manner
,
the
person
and
all
circumstances
which
will
descrie
the
parson
concealed
.
1.
Cor.
6.
11.
2.
Sam.
12.
1.
6
The
partie
also
in
some
cases
may
bee
discouered
,
but
yet
with
a
double
respect
:
First
,
if
his
sinne
be
of
infirmitie
,
here
wee
may
in
some
sort
conceale
the
sinne
.
As
1
That
it
might
bee
mistaken
in
regard
of
the
person
.
Actes
3.
17.
2
That
the
fact
may
bee
misreported
and
falsely
conceiued
&c.
If
we
see
the
partie
ashamed
,
and
cast
downe
for
his
sinne
,
here
wee
are
bound
much
more
to
couer
it
,
And
that
1
From
God
by
harty
praier
,
that
it
may
be
forgiuen
.
Actes
7.
Matth.
27.
Secondly
,
From
our selues
,
And
that
1
By
not
taking
notice
of
it
willingly
.
2
Not
beleeuing
it
.
3
Interpreting
it
to
the
best
.
4
Forgiuing
it
,
if
it
be
apparent
.
3
We
must
also
hide
the
sinne
from
the
sinner
.
And
that
First
,
If
we
see
him
vnfit
to
be
reproued
.
1.
Sam.
25.
Secondly
,
If
we
see
him
sufficiently
checked
already
by
his
conscience
,
then
we
must
also
hide
his
sinne
from
him
.
And
that
1
By
opposing
his
contrary
intent
.
Act.
3.
17.
Rom.
10.
2.
2
Comforting
him
,
with
his
former
course
of
holines
.
3
From
the
occasion
,
that
it
was
in
his
heat
,
or
prouoked
thereto
in
his
defence
.
4
From
the
qualitie
,
that
it
was
in
ignorance
,
not
wilfulnes
,
infirmitie
,
not
presumption
.
5
From
Gods
mercie
,
which
is
aboue
all
his
sinne
.
Rom.
5.
20.
6
Age
,
that
it
was
done
in
his
youth
.
Psal.
25.
7.
7
The
time
of
life
,
that
yet
there
is
hope
to
recouer
.
Psal.
95.
2.
Tim.
2.
25.
and
that
it
was
but
the
first
in
that
kind
.
8
From
the
examples
of
the
Saints
,
the
best
of
whom
haue
had
their
slips
.
Iam.
3.
2
Psal.
19.
9
From
his
person
,
opposing
other
good
parts
to
counteruaile
that
euill
.
1.
Kin.
15.
5.
Thus
may
we
hide
the
sinne
from
the
sinner
,
and
thus
also
may
we
hide
his
sinne
from
the
world
.
If
the
sinne
be
grieuous
and
cannot
be
excused
,
yet
heere
we
must
moderate
our
speech
:
1
And
prepare
mercie
for
the
party
.
2
Acknowledge
wee
it
might
haue
beene
our
case
,
if
God
should
haue
left
vs
,
and
so
may
be
.
Galat.
6.
1.
3
Intimating
his
sorrow
and
detestation
of
the
fact
,
as
the
truth
shal
be
.
2.
Cor.
2.
6
,
7.
4
Recounting
circumstances
that
induced
thereunto
,
though
not
to
excuse
altogether
,
yet
to
diminish
the
same
,
or
at
least
to
make
known
the
deceitfulnes
of
sinne
.
5
Labour
his
outward
release
from
the
hope
of
the
time
to
come
.
6
Howsoeuer
;
commend
his
case
to
the
Church
in
prayer
,
&
also
in
thy
priuate
vnto
God
.
If
the
fact
be
such
as
must
needes
bee
punished
,
yet
here
we
are
:
1
To
lay
it
soundly
to
the
conscience
of
the
offender
,
to
bring
him
to
repentance
,
that
so
the
sinne
may
be
killed
in
him
.
1.
Cor.
5.
5.
2
To
raise
him
vp
with
the
sweet
comforts
of
the
Gospel
,
that
so
though
his
body
smart
for
it
,
yet
his
soule
may
be
saued
.
1.
Iohn
1.
9.
1.
Cor.
5.
Thus
are
we
to
speake
concerning
our
neighbour
:
1
Wee
must
neither
praise
nor
dispraise
our selues
,
but
leaue
it
to
another
.
Pro.
27.
2.
2
In
some
cases
we
may
&
must
stand
vpon
our
own
approbation
.
1
When
we
make
profession
of
our
faith
.
1.
Pet.
3.
2
In
Thankefulnes
we
acknowledge
Gods
graces
in
vs
.
1.
Cor.
14.
18.
3
Wee
must
defend
our
innocency
.
2.
Cor.
11.
12.
and
4
Iustifie
also
our
calling
against
the
slanders
of
our
aduersaries
to
the
stopping
of
their
mouthes
.
5
Hereby
we
may
comfort
our selues
in
troubles
.
Psal.
35.
13.
12.
6
And
propose
our selues
examples
vnto
others
.
1.
Cor.
11.
1.
14.
Here
these
caueats
are
to
be
obserued
:
1
That
this
be
done
sincerely
as
well
acknowledging
our
infirmities
as
the
graces
of
God
in
vs
.
2
That
in
doing
hereof
we
rather
,
if
it
may
be
,
take
occasion
to
speake
in
another
mans
persons
.
2.
Cor.
12.
1.
2.
3
That
wee
boast
not
of
that
which
is
not
in
vs
.
4
Wee
must
not
speake
of
the
good
we
haue
,
as
if
it
were
from
our selues
.
1.
Cor.
15.
10.
5
Our
speech
must
rather
tend
to
the
defect
then
to
the
excesse
.
6
We
must
doe
it
soberly
and
sparingly
,
rather
shewing
that
wee
are
compelled
thereunto
then
of
our
owne
accord
.
2.
Cor.
11.
7
We
must
here
especially
regard
how
we
are
made
manifest
to
the
conscience
of
the
saints
.
2.
Cor.
4.
8
And
lastly
wee
must
herein
especially
ayme
at
Gods
glorie
.
1.
Cor.
10.
31.
Thus
may
we
speake
good
of
our selues
.
3
We
are
also
bound
to
speake
euill
of
our selues
,
in
these
cases
,
1
We
must
confesse
our
sinne
vnto
man
,
in
that
hereby
we
may
cleare
others
and
giue
glorie
to
God
.
2
Hereby
also
we
ease
our
owne
soules
.
Psal.
32.
45.
Iam.
5.
3
We
magnifie
the
mercies
of
God
in
recounting
how
vnworthie
we
are
.
1.
Tim.
1.
4
We
stay
vp
others
that
haue
bene
ouertaken
with
the
same
tentations
,
&c.
2.
Cor.
1.
4.
But
here
obserue
these
cautions
:
1
We
are
not
bound
to
accuse
our
selues
to
the
betraying
of
our
innocency
,
or
the
truth
of
God
,
or
his
children
.
2
we
may
not
open
our
infirmities
to
the
disgrace
of
our
calling
,
or
offence
of
others
.
3
we
must
take
heede
of
hypocrisie
,
as
if
by
acknowledging
our
vilenes
,
we
would
be
counted
conuerts
,
as
Ecebolius
did
.
4
That
we
labour
to
hide
what
we
haue
laid
open
,
by
casting
our
burthen
vpon
Iesus
Christ
.
Thus
may
wee
speake
of
the
euill
that
is
in
vs
.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
persons
of
whom
we
must
speake
.
Concerning
things
to
be
spoken
,
obserue
,
1
That
we
cannot
speake
of
all
,
2
That
we
may
not
speake
of
all
we
know
:
Because
,
1
Some
things
are
knowne
to
vs
which
are
neither
fit
to
be
done
nor
spoken
,
as
the
vaine
thoughts
of
our
owne
hearts
.
2.
Cor.
12.
2
Some
things
are
lawfull
to
be
done
,
which
it
is
not
lawfull
to
speake
of
,
as
the
secrets
&
necessitie
of
nature
.
Iudges
.
3.
24.
3
Some
things
are
lawfull
,
but
not
fit
to
be
spoken
:
such
as
either
exceede
the
capacities
of
those
to
whom
we
speake
,
or
are
not
sutable
to
them
.
2.
Cor.
12.
Hebrew
.
5.
11.
1.
Cor.
14.
3
We
must
speake
what
we
know
,
but
with
these
conditions
:
1
That
wee
keepe
our selues
within
the
compasse
of
our
callings
.
2
That
we
speake
from
the
holy
purpose
of
the
heart
.
3
That
wee
labour
herein
the
glory
of
God
.
1.
Cor.
10.
31.
4
And
also
the
good
of
our
neighbour
.
Ephes.
4.
29.
5
Yea
our
owne
increase
both
in
knowledge
&
holines
.
1.
Cor.
14.
26.
40.
6
Obseruing
the
fitnes
of
time
,
place
,
persons
,
&c.
Thus
may
we
speake
of
such
things
as
do
occure
.
And
thus
farre
concerning
the
matter
of
our
speech
.
Touching
the
manner
thereof
.
First
,
Our
speech
in
generall
must
bee
gracious
,
Hence
it
followeth
:
1
That
all
rotten
and
vngratious
speech
is
disclaimed
.
2
No
vice
must
be
spoken
of
,
but
with
dislike
.
Reuel.
2.
3
No
gracious
speech
,
but
from
a
gracious
heart
.
Secondly
,
Speech
is
then
gratious
,
when
it
is
seasoned
with
wisedome
.
Act.
2.
4.
And
this
is
when
our
speech
is
applied
:
1
Fitly
to
times
,
places
,
persons
,
circumstances
.
Pro.
19.
11.
Pro.
10.
31.
Esay
50.
5.
2
When
it
profits
most
to
the
good
of
mens
soules
.
3
When
it
turnes
not
to
the
hurt
of
the
speaker
.
2.
Tim.
2.
16.
4
When
it
proceeds
from
a
wise
&
vnderstanding
hart
.
Eccle.
12.
11.
Hence
is
disclaymed
,
1
All
foolish
talke
,
wanting
reason
and
conscience
.
Ephes.
5.
2
All
carnall
counsell
of
worldlings
,
whatsoeuer
shew
of
wisdome
it
hath
in
it
.
1.
Sam.
17.
3
All
vnseasonable
and
vndiscreete
communication
.
4
All
mysticall
,
or
curious
conference
,
&c.
1.
Tim.
6.
20.
A
second
holy
property
of
speech
is
:
1
Truth
and
fidelitie
.
1
When
wee
know
what
wee
speake
vpon
a
sure
ground
.
2
We
speake
as
the
thing
is
,
the
whole
truth
,
and
no
more
.
3
And
as
himselfe
thinketh
plainly
therof
,
not
out
of
others
conceits
.
4
And
also
to
the
mind
and
purpose
of
him
that
asketh
.
5
And
that
to
haue
the
trueth
boulted
out
,
not
obscured
.
6
When
wee
stand
to
that
wee
haue
spoken
or
promised
,
which
that
we
may
doe
,
Here
consider
diuers
euidences
and
bonds
of
truth
,
As
First
,
simple
assertion
,
which
is
either
,
1
A
simple
affirmation
,
Yea
,
Yea.
Matth.
5.
2
Or
a
bare
negation
,
Nay
,
Nay
,
Here
obserue
,
1
That
in
a
doubtfull
case
wee
must
adde
vnto
our
affirmations
(
these
qualifications
:
(
As
I
thinke
,
As
I
take
it
,
)
because
wordes
thus
spoken
,
if
they
proue
true
,
they
shew
the
modesty
of
the
speaker
:
If
false
,
yet
they
saue
his
credite
,
as
shewing
that
there
is
not
a
purpose
to
deceiue
,
but
onely
that
we
were
deceiued
.
2
Another
euidence
of
Truth
is
,
an
Asseueration
,
whereby
we
doe
vehemently
denie
or
affirm
a
thing
,
as
In
very
truth
,
Without
al
doubt
,
&c.
Here
note
,
1
That
this
is
not
to
be
vsed
but
in
waightie
and
vrgent
occasions
.
2
When
there
is
a
gaine
saying
of
what
we
affirme
.
Christ
saith
,
Amen
,
Amen
.
3
When
we
are
to
conuince
incredulous
and
obstinate
persons
.
Rom.
9.
1.
And
thus
farre
of
the
Euidences
of
Truth
.
A
first
bond
of
truth
is
a
promise
.
Here
obserue
:
1
What
promises
we
must
make
.
2
How
they
are
to
be
kept
,
&
how
they
bind
.
The
promises
we
are
to
make
to
men
,
must
be
such
as
,
1
Be
conditionable
,
asking
God
leaue
.
Iam.
4.
15.
2
Be
of
such
things
as
are
in
our
abilitie
to
performe
.
3
Such
as
may
benefite
the
party
to
whom
we
make
promise
.
4
And
also
may
stand
with
conscience
and
credite
to
performe
.
And
thus
they
bind
with
these
bonds
:
1
They
bind
according
to
the
will
&
pleasure
of
him
to
whom
it
is
made
.
Psal.
15.
though
it
be
to
our
owne
hinderance
.
2
Yet
so
,
if
by
necessarie
casualty
we
are
disinabled
to
performance
,
the
partie
to
whom
the
promise
is
made
,
in
conscience
is
to
giue
some
relaxation
.
Mat.
18.
3
To
this
end
we
are
bound
to
craue
reliefe
,
and
vse
holy
wisdome
,
and
submission
thereto
.
A
second
bond
of
truth
,
is
an
Oath
.
Here
obserue
,
1
The
lawfulnes
thereof
,
1
Because
God
hath
commanded
it
.
Esay
45.
23.
2
It
is
a
speciall
part
of
his
worship
.
Esay
19.
18.
3
The
Saints
haue
practised
it
holily
.
Gen.
31.
53.
4
It
hath
procured
much
good
and
beene
accepted
of
God
.
1.
Chr.
15.
2
Consider
we
the
matter
of
an
oath
,
1
It
must
not
only
be
true
,
but
so
knowne
to
vs
.
Ier.
4.
2.
2
It
must
bee
honest
that
wee
sweare
to
.
3
It
must
be
a
truth
of
great
importance
.
3
Obserue
we
the
manner
of
an
oath
,
1
It
must
bee
made
in
the
onely
name
of
God
.
1
By
inuocation
of
his
name
,
to
witnes
the
truth
of
what
we
swear
.
2
And
to
blesse
vs
therein
.
2
By
imprecation
against
our selues
,
whereby
we
bind
our selues
if
we
deceiue
,
to
the
vengeance
of
God
.
3
It
must
be
done
,
not
rashly
,
but
with
great
aduisement
.
4
And
also
with
great
reuerence
&
feeling
,
not
without
praier
vnto
God
to
guide
the
heart
.
Eccl.
9.
2.
Fourthly
,
The
true
&
lawful
swearer
is
indeede
1
The
regenerate
man
,
Ro.
2.
&
none
other
.
2
And
he
must
also
haue
a
particular
calling
to
this
seruice
.
3
Here
learne
,
that
though
the
partie
in
regard
of
his
generall
calling
might
not
sweare
,
yet
his
oath
being
made
,
is
lawfull
,
if
he
haue
a
ciuill
calling
thereto
,
and
may
bee
taken
howsoeuer
the
swearer
herein
be
not
iustified
.
5
The
right
vse
&
end
of
an
oath
is
:
1
To
end
controuersies
between
man
and
man
,
and
free
those
that
are
wrongfully
accused
.
2
To
cleere
our
innocency
before
men
.
Heb.
6.
16.
3
To
prouide
for
the
infirmities
of
men
.
1.
Sam.
12.
5.
Gen.
31.
53.
4
To
witnes
a
truth
vnto
men
.
5
Binde
our selues
more
constantly
to
the
seruice
of
God
.
Nehe.
10.
1.
Chron.
15.
23.
Sixtly
,
Consider
we
the
parties
before
whom
we
may
sweare
,
which
are
;
1
The
Magistrate
,
who
may
lawfully
exact
an
oath
.
2
To
a
priuate
man
we
may
also
sweare
to
bind
contracts
.
3
The
Master
may
require
an
oath
of
the
seruant
.
Genesis
24.
and
so
the
Father
of
the
sonne
,
the
husband
of
the
wife
,
&c.
one
friend
of
another
.
Seuenth
,
which
is
:
1
In
a
case
of
necessity
,
when
witnes
faile
,
or
words
wil
not
be
taken
.
Hence
it
followeth
:
1
That
we
need
not
swear
when
the
partie
to
whom
wee
sweare
is
not
willing
to
accept
it
.
2
And
neither
also
,
if
the
matter
may
bee
cleered
by
any
other
awfull
meanes
.
Eightly
,
Learne
we
how
an
oath
binds
.
1
If
it
be
imposed
by
him
that
may
lawfully
giue
it
.
2
If
it
be
made
of
things
lawfull
.
3
If
it
tend
to
our
own
&
neighbours
good
.
4
When
Gods
glory
also
is
prepared
thereby
.
9
Wisely
consider
we
the
abuses
of
an
oath
,
1
Swearing
by
Images
,
trifles
,
Saints
,
nullities
,
&c.
Zep.
1.
5.
2
Swearing
ordinarily
in
common
speech
,
or
vpon
heate
in
gaming
,
&c.
Ier.
5.
7.
Mat.
5.
3
Rash
swearing
,
when
we
know
not
the
cause
,
or
haue
no
calling
thereto
,
or
aduise
not
wisely
in
the
action
.
4
Muthering
of
oathes
,
when
wee
say
gods
for
God
,
fect
for
faith
,
swounds
,
for
wounds
,
&c.
where
hoping
to
escape
the
imputation
of
swearing
,
we
are
more
guiltie
thereof
.
5
Outragious
and
blasphemous
swearing
the
badge
of
ruffians
,
and
rake-hels
.
6
Cursed
swearing
,
with
fearefull
imprecations
against
our selues
and
others
.
7
Wicked
swearing
,
when
we
binde
our selues
by
oathes
to
mischiefe
.
Acts
2.
3.
8
False
swearing
,
when
wee
sweare
to
that
ignorantly
which
proues
false
.
9
Periurie
,
when
wee
knew
a
thing
to
be
false
,
and
yet
wil
sweare
to
it
of
set
purpose
to
doe
mischiefe
.
Zach.
5.
4.
10
Swearing
for
hire
to
any
purposes
.
Acts
6.
11
When
we
sweare
to
impossibilities
,
as
when
the
Priest
is
sworn
by
the
Bishop
to
the
vow
of
continencie
.
Generally
here
is
condemned
:
First
,
Al
kind
of
lying
,
1
When
we
speake
falsly
.
2
And
are
willing
so
to
doe
.
2.
Rings
5.
3
Purpose
to
deceiue
thereby
,
Acts
5.
Hence
it
followeth
,
that
all
1
False
speaking
of
ignorance
is
no
lie
.
Secondly
,
Here
is
condemned
all
smoothing
and
dissembling
of
a
matter
,
1
By
extenuating
of
it
.
2
By
exercising
the
fact
.
3
By
vsing
pretexts
and
shifts
to
auoyde
it
.
4
By
mentall
reseruation
and
such
like
Iesuiticall
and
Atheisticall
trickes
.
Thirdly
,
Also
all
concealing
of
truth
,
when
we
are
bound
to
speake
,
is
heere
forbidden
.
4
All
ambiguous
and
doubtfull
speeches
.
5
To
speake
vntruthes
,
though
not
with
purpose
to
deceiue
.
6
All
promise-breaking
when
the
promise
is
lawfulfully
made
.
And
thus
farre
concerning
the
second
grace
of
speech
,
which
is
Truth
:
A
third
grace
of
holy
speech
is
Reuerence
.
First
God
,
of
whose
name
and
titles
we
must
so
speake
that
wee
both
,
1
Shew
reuerence
our selues
,
and
2
Mooue
reuerence
in
others
.
Deut.
28.
58.
And
this
we
shall
doe
:
1
If
we
know
God
aright
.
2
And
feare
him
as
our
father
:
Malach.
1.
3
Behold
him
in
his
iudgements
vpon
the
wicked
.
Psal.
119.
120.
4
Thinke
often
and
meditate
vpon
him
.
Secondly
,
we
must
vse
reuerence
in
speech
in
regard
of
man
,
&
that
either
generally
as
he
beares
Gods
image
.
So
we
must
,
1
Giue
holy
names
vnto
our
children
:
1
May
shew
our
thankefulnes
to
God
.
Gen.
41.
2
May
shew
our
true
humiliation
vnder
his
corrections
.
Ruth
.
1.
3
May
put
vs
in
mind
of
his
promises
.
Israel
.
Gen.
32.
4
May
remember
vs
of
our
own
frailty
and
wretchednes
.
Adam
,
Gen.
32.
5
May
intimate
our
time
,
estate
and
condition
in
this
life
.
Ester
.
2.
5.
6
May
encourage
vs
to
the
hope
of
the
life
to
come
.
7
May
minister
comfort
in
our
troubles
,
and
such
like
.
2
We
must
not
name
professors
by
the
names
of
prophane
men
.
3
We
may
change
names
vpon
iust
occasion
.
2
We
are
to
vse
reuerence
in
more
particular
manner
vnto
man
,
either
in
calling
or
gifts
.
1.
Cor.
12.
13.
prouided
,
1
That
we
giue
him
not
the
titles
of
God
as
Iehoua
&c.
2
Giue
him
the
titles
of
his
office
though
he
be
euil
.
Acts.
26.
25.
3
And
yet
here
so
carie
our selues
as
that
we
may
humble
him
in
the
performance
thereof
.
Therefore
here
is
forbidden
:
1
All
manner
of
blasphemy
;
2
Or
ascribing
to
him
that
which
beseemeth
him
not
.
3
Vsing
his
great
and
fearefull
names
in
our
fumes
and
rage
.
4
Inuocating
him
also
in
slight
and
customary
matters
.
5
Vsing
the
names
of
God
to
socery
,
All
abuse
of
Scripture
:
And
this
is
either
,
1
When
we
haue
no
calling
to
vse
it
.
1.
Cor.
14.
34.
2
We
speak
of
the
things
of
God
in
a
prophane
and
carnall
manner
▪
1.
Cor.
2.
3
When
wee
make
iests
thereof
.
4
When
we
keepe
backe
any
of
Gods
counsell
and
clip
the
word
of
God
.
Math.
4.
Act.
20.
5
When
we
vse
it
to
sorcery
.
6
And
when
we
reason
and
cauill
about
the
truth
thereof
.
3
All
abuse
of
our selues
or
others
:
1
By
reuilings
and
barbarous
speeches
.
2
Cursing
and
banning
.
Col.
3.
8.
3
Scoffing
and
scorning
each
other
.
Psal.
1.
2.
Kings
2.
especially
for
our
profession
and
religion
.
4
Not
vsing
titles
of
honour
.
&c.
5
Currish
&
dogged
speech
&c.
And
thus
farre
of
the
third
grace
of
speech
,
which
is
reuerence
.
A
fourth
grace
of
speech
is
sobriety
,
modesty
,
And
this
is
●eene
.
1
In
praysing
others
,
and
that
rather
behind
their
backes
then
before
their
faces
.
2
In
praysing
and
dispraysing
our selues
,
as
before
.
3
In
speaking
of
things
secret
which
may
moue
blushing
fairely
.
Gen.
4.
1.
1.
1.
Sam.
24.
4.
4
Conferring
with
inferiours
tenderly
and
humbly
.
5
Saluting
kindly
and
reuerently
.
And
that
,
1
By
name
.
Rom.
16.
2
By
profession
.
Rom.
16.
3.
3
Calling
or
office
.
4
By
way
of
blessing
.
Rom.
16.
24.
5
Praying
for
the
blessing
of
God
vpon
them
.
Here
obserue
:
1
That
it
is
lawfull
for
children
to
inuocate
the
blessing
of
their
parents
.
Gen.
27.
Gen.
48.
2
That
wee
may
salute
generally
though
the
person
bee
euill
,
so
farre
as
wee
may
conuerse
with
him
,
giuing
the
titles
of
his
profession
,
calling
,
&c.
Gen.
34.
Acts.
26.
3
That
we
auoyd
such
blessing
and
charitable
speeches
(
as
we
account
them
)
when
the
cause
is
not
necessary
,
as
in
neesing
.
&c.
4
Whereas
it
is
common
with
the
Popish
and
Ignorant
to
inuocate
the
name
of
God
ouer
their
cattle
so
often
as
they
speake
thereof
,
moderated
and
refrayned
.
And
that
,
1
Because
the
ground
thereof
was
sorcery
.
2
They
vse
it
more
often
for
their
cattel
then
themselues
.
3
It
maintaines
that
Popish
customary
abusing
of
such
holy
names
.
4
It
shewes
our
infidelity
,
for
if
we
were
perswaded
that
God
hath
receiued
vs
into
grace
,
then
surely
also
all
ours
;
and
therefore
what
neede
such
often
inuocations
?
This
meekenes
of
speech
is
seene
in
soft
answering
.
Secondly
,
not
a
foole
according
to
his
foolishnes
.
Prouerbs
26.
3.
Thirdly
,
in
a
iust
defence
of
our selues
.
1.
Samuel
1.
15.
Anna.
Fourthly
,
commending
our
cause
to
God
.
Psal.
26.
This
grace
of
speech
is
especially
seene
in
reproouing
of
sinne
.
1
We
must
trie
all
other
gentle
meanes
before
we
reprooue
.
2
We
must
performe
it
generally
,
that
so
the
party
may
willingly
acknowledge
the
particular
.
2.
Sam.
12.
3
We
must
doe
it
in
a
parable
.
4
By
way
of
exhortation
insinuating
an
oblique
reproofe
1.
Tim.
5.
1.
5
Wrapping
vp
the
reproofe
in
some
sweete
protestations
of
loue
and
griefe
.
Galat.
5.
9.
4
Yeelding
vnto
them
their
due
,
that
so
they
may
acknowledge
their
wants
.
Acts.
25.
6
Ioyning
our selues
with
them
,
and
in
our
owne
person
reproouing
their
sinne
.
1.
Cor.
4.
6.
7
By
preuention
;
as
Though
Israel
play
the
harlot
,
yet
let
not
Iudah
sinne
.
Hos.
4.
15.
8
Wishing
that
such
things
bee
not
found
among
them
.
2.
Cor.
12.
20.
9
Speaking
to
them
as
considering
our selues
.
Gal.
6.
1.
That
wee
are
in
danger
of
the
same
tentations
.
10
Framing
the
reproofe
out
of
the
word
,
that
the
party
may
see
himselfe
rather
reprooued
of
God
then
of
vs
.
And
thus
farre
of
the
fourth
grace
of
speech
,
which
is
meekenes
and
modestie
.
A
fifth
grace
of
speech
is
cheerefulnes
and
ioy
,
Here
is
to
be
obserued
:
1
That
it
must
be
seasoned
with
Gods
feare
.
Eccles.
2.
2.
2
It
must
bee
with
compassion
for
those
that
are
in
affliction
.
Am.
6.
6.
3
It
must
be
sparing
and
moderate
.
2.
Tim.
3.
4
It
must
not
be
mixt
with
sin
.
Hebr.
11.
25.
5
It
must
tend
to
edification
.
1.
Cor.
10.
6
It
must
be
sutable
to
the
time
.
7
It
must
also
bee
fitted
to
the
place
,
which
is
either
the
boord
or
bed
.
For
the
boord
obserue
:
1
The
intent
,
2
To
season
the
company
with
better
.
3
To
preuent
gluttony
.
4
A
desire
to
catch
spiritually
.
5
To
sanctifie
the
creatures
.
2
Consider
the
matter
of
table
talke
.
Which
,
1
Especially
must
be
of
religion
.
Luk.
11.
35.
2
That
which
is
incident
hereunto
,
As
,
First
of
sobriety
&
such
examples
.
2
Gods
speciall
prouidence
and
bounty
in
making
a
dead
creature
meanes
to
preserue
life
.
Ioel
2.
26.
Haggai
.
1.
6.
3
Contentation
in
our
estate
.
1.
Tim.
6.
4
Death
,
how
that
we
shall
be
wormes
meat
.
5
Of
the
heauenly
food
.
Ioh.
4.
6
Misery
of
the
poore
.
7
Change
of
things
and
states
.
Iob
1.
8
The
punishment
of
sinne
,
the
case
of
Diues
,
&c.
Luke
16.
For
the
bed
;
1
We
must
confer
of
the
graue
.
Acts
7.
2
Of
the
occasions
passed
in
the
day
.
Cant.
3.
1.
3
Of
the
resurrection
.
4
Of
worldly
occasions
,
so
far
as
to
humble
vs
.
5
In
our
comforts
of
our
sweete
fellowship
with
Christ
.
6
Generally
,
not
to
prouoke
but
to
mortifie
the
flesh
.
Galathian
.
5.
13.
Here
is
to
be
auoyded
generally
,
1
All
offence
to
the
weake
.
2
All
occasion
to
the
wicked
:
As
in
First
,
Iesting
,
This
is
vtterly
vnlawfull
,
vnlesse
.
-
1
The
matter
be
indifferent
.
-
2
The
measure
modest
.
-
3
The
season
conuenient
.
-
4
Offence
remoued
.
-
5
Our selues
,
&
others
benefited
-
6
We
thereby
,
when
other
reproofes
wil
not
preuaile
,
in
an
holie
manner
doe
deride
and
scorne
sinners
.
1.
Reg.
19.
Eccles.
11.
Secondly
,
laughter
,
The
sixth
grace
of
speech
is
care
of
our
neighbours
good
name
.
This
is
performed
as
before
,
and
farther
,
1
By
being
not
suspicious
in
vnlikely
or
vncertaine
occasions
.
Ier.
40.
2
By
priuate
reprouing
him
.
3
Publiquely
answering
for
him
if
he
be
slandered
.
Here
is
to
be
auoyded
:
1
Secret
whispering
abroad
of
what
we
suspect
or
know
behind
his
backe
.
Psal.
50.
20.
2
Adding
to
,
or
changing
the
thing
said
or
done
.
Mat.
26.
60
,
61.
3
Open
traducing
and
reuiling
to
his
face
.
2.
Sam.
16.
4
Telling
that
was
neuer
done
.
Ierem.
37.
13.
5
Colouring
their
reports
with
pretences
of
griefe
or
necessity
,
or
publick
profit
,
inioyning
secrecy
by
the
party
to
whom
he
tels
it
,
&c.
6
Rash
censuring
before
euident
knowledge
.
Therefore
here
we
are
,
-
1
To
interrupt
such
talke
.
-
2
To
giue
no
heede
to
it
.
-
3
Not
to
beleeue
it
.
-
4
To
reproue
it
.
The
seuenth
and
last
grace
of
speech
,
is
slownes
and
briefenesse
.
Slownes
is
seene
either
in
First
,
Prouoking
;
or
Secondly
,
Answering
.
Herein
obserue
:
1
That
it
is
better
to
be
prouoked
to
speech
then
prouoke
,
especially
if
we
be
inferiour
.
2
Not
to
take
a
tale
out
of
ones
mouth
,
but
to
heare
it
thorowly
.
3
To
consider
whither
it
be
to
be
answered
or
no.
4
To
ponder
on
it
before
wee
answere
,
what
answere
is
to
bee
made
thereto
.
5
To
answere
to
the
points
,
omitting
partiall
respects
.
6
To
cut
off
idle
interruptions
and
vaine
cauils
.
Here
is
to
be
auoyded
:
1
Pride
to
heare
a
mans
selfe
speake
.
2
The
fruit
thereof
,
namely
:
-
First
,
Obscurity
.
-
Secondly
,
Affectation
.
2
We
must
auoyd
tempting
speeches
whereby
wee
may
fift
and
vndermine
others
.
4
As
also
that
spirit
of
contradiction
,
whereby
thwarting
others
and
contradicting
euery
man
,
heresie
,
and
Atheisme
is
bredde
and
maintained
.
5
We
must
also
refraine
bitternes
and
captious
taking
vp
of
our
brother
,
a
fault
incident
to
briefenes
of
speech
.
6
As
also
wee
must
beware
of
sottishnes
,
and
inconsequence
of
speech
,
while
happily
we
thinke
to
shew
our
skill
in
breuitie
.
Hitherto
appertaine
:
1
Restrayning
of
our
passion
,
by
interrupting
our selues
,
if
by
course
of
speech
we
grow
into
an
heate
.
2
Correcting
our selues
by
silence
wherein
we
haue
missaid
.
3
Contracting
our
matter
into
the
briefest
forme
of
words
.
4
Disposing
it
methodically
to
the
best
capacity
of
the
hearer
.
Generall
rules
to
be
obserued
herein
.
1
That
what
is
here
spoken
of
speech
is
to
bee
vnderstood
also
of
writing
,
in
which
all
these
graces
are
to
be
practised
,
and
vices
to
bee
auoyded
.
2
That
in
all
kind
of
speech
,
as
well
Latine
as
English
,
&c.
exemplarie
,
as
wherin
though
the
phrases
of
other
tongues
may
leade
vs
to
prophanenes
,
yet
we
must
auoyde
them
,
&c.
Hitherto
of
speech
.
Now
because
we
cannot
speake
well
vnlesse
we
know
also
how
to
hold
our
peace
,
wee
are
therefore
in
the
second
place
to
consider
of
silene
.
Here
obseru
:
1
That
the
ruleof
silence
must
be
Gods
word
.
2
Matter
of
silence
,
concernes
God
,
our
neighbour
,
our
silnes
.
3
Persons
,
before
whom
.
4
The
end
,
which
is
Gods
glorie
,
ours
and
others
good
.
Things
concerning
God
,
are
:
1
His
secrets
which
we
knowe
not
,
and
therefore
are
to
admire
them
in
silence
.
Deut.
29.
29.
2
His
strange
and
extraordinary
works
,
which
we
may
not
speake
boldly
of
,
but
rather
in
silence
wonder
at
.
Iob
36.
37.
Leuit.
10.
3.
3
We
are
to
conceale
the
mercies
of
God
from
obstinate
sinners
.
Matth.
7.
6.
4
We
are
to
conceale
his
iudgements
from
humbled
sinners
.
Esay
40.
1.
5
We
are
to
be
silent
at
his
corrections
.
Psal.
39.
hereby
shewing
our
submission
to
his
will
.
6
We
are
to
yeeld
to
the
known
truth
,
&
in
silence
to
glorifie
God
.
Act.
11.
18.
Touchi●g
our
neighbour
,
obserue
2
That
we
may
conceale
some
truth
from
him
,
not
being
demanded
,
yea
being
questioned
we
may
conceale
either
the
whole
or
part
:
Prouided
that
it
,
1
Hinder
Gods
glorie
.
2
Or
my
neighbours
good
.
Truth
in
the
whole
is
to
be
concealed
:
1
When
the
speaking
of
the
least
word
is
hurtfull
:
as
for
example
,
the
father
&
son
lieth
sicke
at
once
,
the
son
dieth
first
,
the
father
asketh
whether
the
son
be
dead
or
no
,
if
it
be
said
;
No
,
an
vntruth
is
told
;
if
yea
the
fathers
life
is
endangered
:
2
When
the
reuealing
thereof
endangers
the
life
of
the
innocent
;
and
therefore
I
am
not
to
reueale
my
brethren
in
affliction
,
nor
to
be
compelled
thereto
by
oath
:
Prouided
first
,
that
the
authoritie
requiring
this
be
vnlawfull
.
2
The
thing
I
conceale
not
in
it selfe
euill
;
but
so
mistaken
.
3
That
in
the
concealing
of
it
I
prefer
not
a
priuate
before
a
publicke
good
.
Truth
in
part
is
to
concealed
,
when
I
speake
a
part
of
the
truth
but
not
the
whole
.
1.
Sam.
16.
1.
23.
Ier.
38.
24.
Exod.
5.
Act.
23.
6.
Q.
When
I
am
demaunded
may
I
answere
in
part
?
Yea
so
1.
I
purpose
not
to
deceiue
.
2
Content
the
mind
of
the
answerer
.
Secondly
,
I
am
to
conceale
the
infirmities
of
my
neighbour
,
vnlesse
(
as
before
)
we
be
called
of
God
to
speake
.
Prou.
17.
14.
Pro.
19.
11.
3
All
vnseemely
matters
,
4
Such
as
concerne
vs
not
,
5
And
such
as
are
aboue
our
reach
,
are
to
be
buried
in
silence
.
3
Ministers
must
conceale
the
infirmities
of
their
people
.
4
Magistrates
secrets
of
state
left
the
enemy
know
of
them
.
Concerning
my selfe
,
I
am
,
1
To
conceale
mine
owne
secrets
.
Iud.
14.
or
else
,
if
neede
be
,
tell
those
that
are
faithfull
.
2
That
which
thou
wouldst
haue
no
man
know
tell
no
man
.
As
for
the
persons
before
whom
we
must
keepe
silence
,
1
The
malicious
enemies
of
religion
Mat.
7.
6.
Mat.
27.
14.
2
Before
Magistrates
in
open
courts
.
Act.
24.
10.
til
we
be
bidden
.
3
In
the
presence
of
our
elders
and
betters
.
Iob
32.
8.
4
Fools
&
pratlers
are
to
be
humbled
&
conuicted
with
filence
.
Pr.
26.
Thus
farre
concerning
the
guidance
of
the
tongue
.
The
sixt
and
last
part
of
this
Girdle
of
truth
containes
the
fitting
and
conforming
of
our
outward
actions
to
the
will
of
God
,
1
When
they
proceed
from
a
true
ground
.
2
And
are
performed
by
true
meanes
and
a
holy
manner
.
3
When
they
aime
at
a
right
end
.
The
ground
of
all
good
actions
is
faith
in
Iesus
Christ
.
Rom.
14.
Heb.
11.
6.
1
Assuring
vs
that
our
persons
are
accepted
of
God
,
2
Enabling
vs
to
performe
the
worke
acceptably
vnto
God
in
knowledge
,
wisdome
,
season
Psa.
1.
3
Comforting
vs
that
the
imperfection
of
the
action
shal
not
be
laid
to
our
charge
.
2.
Cor.
8.
12.
4
Applying
vnto
vs
the
righteousnesse
of
Iesus
Christ
to
couer
the
same
.
Psal.
32.
5
Strengthing
vs
to
go
forward
in
well
doing
,
and
so
to
attaine
perfection
,
&
so
the
iust
liueth
by
faith
.
Heb.
10.
38.
In
the
manner
of
weldoing
obserue
these
notes
:
1
That
we
principally
performe
the
actions
of
the
first
table
,
2
That
our
obedience
to
the
second
table
bee
included
and
deriued
from
our
obedience
to
the
first
.
Math.
22.
39.
Ephes.
6.
1.
3
That
in
regard
of
the
truth
&
necessity
of
wel-doing
we
haue
equall
respect
vnto
all
Gods
commandements
.
Psal.
119.
9.
4
That
we
at
all
times
and
to
al
times
endeuour
the
performance
there
of
Gal.
6.
Ephes.
6.
5
That
in
the
action
we
labor
not
so
much
the
outward
conformity
thereof
,
as
the
inward
soundnes
&
approbation
of
the
heart
.
Mat.
6.
7.
6
That
we
doe
good
by
good
meanes
;
that
is
,
such
as
are
warranted
by
the
word
.
&c.
7
That
we
find
in
our selues
a
will
alwaies
to
doe
more
then
wee
can
doe
.
Psal.
119.
5.
8
That
wee
see
the
shortnes
of
our
wel-doing
and
being
humbled
therewith
,
not
rest
in
the
present
estate
,
forget
that
which
is
behind
,
and
hasten
to
that
which
is
before
Phil.
3.
12.
13.
9
That
when
we
haue
done
all
we
can
,
we
acknowledge
our selues
to
be
vnprofitable
seruants
.
Luk.
17.
10.
10
That
hereupon
we
seeke
not
saluation
by
our
works
,
but
by
Gods
meer
mercie
in
Iesus
Christ
Phil.
3.
11
That
we
be
that
we
seem
to
be
.
12
That
we
make
conscience
of
the
least
as
well
as
of
the
greatest
.
13
That
we
prouide
things
honest
before
men
,
as
well
as
in
the
sight
of
God
.
The
end
of
our
actions
is
,
1
That
whatsoeuer
we
doe
it
be
done
to
Gods
glorie
.
1
In
sanctifying
and
auspicating
them
by
praier
&
inuocation
of
the
name
of
God
.
1.
Tim.
4.
2
In
returning
the
strength
of
them
to
the
worship
of
God
,
in
causing
our
light
to
shine
before
men
.
Mat.
5.
20.
Prou.
5.
10.
3
In
all
things
,
and
in
euery
issue
of
them
,
both
giuing
thanks
to
God
the
father
through
Iesus
Christ
.
4
Being
abased
before
the
Lord
in
regard
of
our
vnworthines
to
do
him
any
seruice
,
as
also
of
the
vnworthines
of
the
seruice
we
do
perform
.
5
Acknowledging
that
nothing
is
due
vnto
vs
but
shame
and
confusion
of
our
faces
.
Dan.
9.
6
desiring
to
be
found
in
Christ
,
not
hauing
our
owne
righteousnes
which
is
of
the
law
,
but
that
which
is
by
the
faith
of
Christ
Phil.
3.
9.
Secondly
,
we
must
do
al
things
to
edification
both
of
our selues
and
others
.
Here
obserue
:
1
That
the
lesse
benefit
must
giue
place
to
the
greater
.
2
That
in
all
things
next
to
Gods
glorie
,
our
cheefe
ayme
must
be
the
saluation
of
the
soule
.
1.
Cor.
16.
3
That
more
regard
be
had
of
those
which
are
within
,
then
which
are
without
,
Gal.
6.
10.
1.
Cor.
6.
&
yet
the
good
of
none
neglected
.
4
That
of
those
which
are
within
we
haue
more
respect
to
the
weak
in
cases
of
indifferencie
.
Ro.
14.
Ro.
15.
1.
5
That
our
conuersation
be
answerable
to
our
profession
.
Ephes.
4.
1.
6
That
we
haue
as
well
strong
meate
for
men
,
as
milke
for
babes
;
not
sticking
alwaies
in
the
infancy
of
our
profession
,
but
growing
vp
in
Iesus
Christ
.
Heb.
6.
1.
Hebr.
13.
7
That
we
abound
in
weldoing
,
&
make
sure
our
election
by
good
wokes
.
2.
Pet.
1.
8
,
9.
8
That
we
as
well
cast
out
the
hypocrite
and
stumbling-blocke
,
as
hold
on
the
sound
Christian.
Ieremie
1.
9
We
must
bring
forth
fruit
in
due
season
,
obseruing
the
comelines
of
time
,
place
,
persons
,
&c.
Psalme
1.
3.
This
Girdle
is
put
on
,
1
By
continually
setting
of
our
hearts
before
God
,
2
Trying
all
our
thoughts
,
words
,
and
actions
,
by
the
word
.
3
By
continuall
watching
ouer
our
waies
.
4
By
earnest
prayer
to
God
.
And
it
is
ketton
,
1
By
not
strayning
the
conscience
in
the
least
euill
.
Heb.
13.
18.
2
By
cleauing
to
the
testimonie
thereof
,
and
reioycing
especially
therin
.
2.
Cor.
1.
12.
3
By
obeying
the
checks
of
conscience
.
4
Conuincing
the
hollownesse
and
hypocrisie
of
the
world
.
5
Labouring
and
approuing
sinceity
in
others
.
7
Daily
fearing
our selues
,
and
renuing
our
couenant
with
God
.
8
Renouncing
daily
our selues
,
and
flying
to
Christ
.
The
vse
of
this
Girdle
is
:
1
Wee
are
readie
prest
to
doe
Gods
will
.
3
We
are
cleered
from
hypocrisie
,
which
is
the
moth
of
weldoing
.
Mat.
6.
Mat.
23.
4
We
auoyd
vncertainety
and
dulnes
in
good
things
.
5
We
are
preserued
from
corruption
in
iudgement
,
and
apostasie
in
life
.
6
All
other
gifts
of
God
are
adorned
and
approued
thereby
.
7
Wee
are
enabled
to
hold
out
to
the
end
,
&
so
obtaine
the
crown
.
8
The
other
parts
of
the
spirituall
armor
are
compact
in
themselues
,
and
fastened
to
vs
by
it
:
The
next
whereof
is
the
brest-plate
of
righteousnes
,
or
innocency
.
And
this
is
,
1
An
Inclination
and
resolution
of
the
heart
to
all
good
.
This
is
necessary
:
1
To
iustifie
and
beautifie
our
profession
,
2
That
we
may
be
freed
from
many
inward
pangs
and
outward
troubles
.
3
That
the
mouthes
of
the
wicked
may
be
stopped
.
4
That
the
weake
may
be
confirmed
.
5
That
those
which
are
without
may
be
gathered
.
6
That
our
perfection
may
be
accomplished
and
we
glorified
.
7
That
God
may
be
all
in
all
.
And
this
is
discerned
:
1
By
hauing
righteousnes
in
most
pretious
account
.
2
Esteeming
it
for
it selfe
,
not
for
the
reward
thereof
Iob
2.
10.
3
Prosecuting
the
same
with
all
zeale
and
courage
.
4
Resting
therein
with
delight
and
contentation
.
5
Cleauing
thereto
,
though
it
cost
vs
the
setting
on
.
Hebr.
10.
34.
6
Auoyding
the
contrarie
,
though
it
may
be
neuer
so
behouefull
vnto
vs
.
7
So
farre
as
our
knowledge
informes
vs
practising
the
same
.
8
Desiring
beyond
our
knowledge
perfection
therein
.
9
Louing
others
especially
for
it
.
Heb.
10.
34.
10
Laboring
to
make
others
partakers
thereof
.
11
Not
being
remoued
from
the
same
by
any
cunning
or
slanders
whatsoeuer
.
This
is
obtained
and
put
on
:
1
By
an
vtter
renouncing
of
nature
and
all
good
therein
.
2
Laying
hold
on
Christ
by
a
liuely
faith
,
and
so
wee
bring
forth
the
fruit
of
righteousnesse
in
him
.
And
we
put
it
on
as
our
brest-plate
:
First
,
by
an
holy
and
setled
purpose
of
heart
to
serue
God
.
Act.
11.
2
By
plaine
and
sound
dealing
in
all
things
.
3
By
renuing
our
decaies
by
daily
repentance
,
and
couenanting
with
God
.
4
By
informing
our
hearts
daily
out
of
the
word
.
5
Preparing
our selues
daily
to
tentations
.
And
it
is
kept
on
:
1
By
walking
alwaies
in
the
presence
of
God
.
Enoch
,
Abraham
.
2
Auoyding
the
great
offences
Psal.
19.
3
By
abstaining
from
the
occasions
and
appearance
of
euill
.
1.
Thes.
5.
4
By
iustifing
and
maintaining
the
same
,
with
the
losse
of
all
in
respect
thereof
.
Acts.
21.
Iob.
2.
5
By
walking
conscionably
in
the
duties
of
our
callings
.
6
By
trying
our
faith
which
is
the
life
thereof
.
2.
Cor.
13.
7
Vndergoing
continuall
troubles
for
the
same
.
And
to
this
end
serues
the
third
part
of
this
Armour
.
This
is
that
our
feete
be
shod
with
the
preparation
of
the
Gospell
,
In
the
assurance
of
our
acceptation
into
the
fauour
of
God
,
through
Iesus
Christ
,
we
are
armed
and
prepared
:
First
,
to
Deny
our selues
.
Secondly
,
to
take
vp
the
crosse
of
Christ
and
to
follow
him
.
Luke
9.
23.
And
this
must
be
done
.
1
That
troubles
find
vs
not
vnprepared
.
2
That
the
feare
of
them
may
not
dismay
vs
.
3
That
we
be
not
ouerwhelmed
with
the
waight
of
them
.
2.
Cor.
4.
8.
9.
4
That
our
minds
may
be
quieted
in
the
midst
of
them
.
Rom.
5.
2.
5
That
wee
may
be
more
then
conquerours
in
them
.
Romans
.
8.
24.
6
That
we
may
comfort
others
which
grone
vnder
the
like
burthen
.
2.
Cor.
1.
4.
5.
7
And
so
finish
our
course
and
obtaine
the
crowne
.
2.
Tim.
4.
This
armour
is
put
on
,
1
By
daily
reading
and
meditating
on
the
passion
of
Christ
.
Hebr.
12.
2.
2
Giuing
all
diligence
to
the
word
preached
.
3
Preferring
the
fauour
of
God
in
Christ
aboue
all
things
.
Psalme
4.
6.
4
Not
depending
vpon
things
seene
,
but
contemplating
things
in
uisible
.
Heb.
11.
1.
5
Hauing
our
eye
fixed
on
the
recompence
of
the
reward
,
and
comparing
the
momentary
trouble
with
the
surpassing
waight
of
glory
Hebr.
11.
And
heere
the
shield
of
faith
is
of
speciall
vse
,
And
it
is
a
full
and
strong
perswasion
of
the
loue
of
God
in
Chri●
Iesus
,
Rom.
8.
38.
whereby
.
1
We
beate
backe
all
the
fier●
darts
of
the
deuill
,
as
carnall
confidence
,
presumption
,
security
,
in●●
delity
,
distrust
,
credulitie
,
&c.
2
Prize
all
things
at
their
tr●
worth
&
prosecute
them
accordingly
.
3
Wee
preserue
the
graces
of
God
and
increase
them
vnto
vs
.
4
We
follow
hard
to
the
marke
,
and
attaine
perfection
.
Phil.
3.
13.
This
is
requisite
:
1
To
giue
approbation
to
alour
actions
.
2.
To
giue
comfort
in
regard
of
their
imperfections
.
3
To
enable
vs
in
our
sufferings
.
Iob.
1.
5.
4
To
finish
our
course
and
procure
vs
the
crowne
.
Hebr.
11.
13.
2.
Tim.
4.
5
To
ouercome
tentations
,
as
despaire
,
and
presumption
of
Gods
mercie
.
6
To
obtaine
a
comfortable
life
.
7
To
be
prepared
vnto
death
.
This
is
obtained
and
preserued
as
before
.
A
first
part
of
this
Armour
is
the
Helmet
of
hope
.
1
A
constant
desire
of
the
pro●ised
happines
.
Mat.
5.
6.
Phi.
1.
23.
Tim.
4.
8.
2
A
cheerefull
expectation
and
●nging
after
the
same
.
3
A
resigning
our selues
into
the
hands
of
God
.
Psal.
5.
12.
The
necessity
or
vse
hereof
is
:
1
To
sustaine
the
heart
against
the
deferring
of
Gods
promises
,
2
That
wee
may
maintaine
inward
peace
&
passe
ouer
our
pil●grimage
without
wearisomnes●●
and
anguish
.
3
That
we
may
answere
boldl●
our
accusers
.
Psal.
119.
42.
and
stop
the
mouthes
of
gainesayers
.
Tit.
9●
2.
8.
4
That
wee
may
walke
in
o●●
callings
with
singlenes
&
conten●●ment
.
1.
Cor.
7.
21.
5
And
be
contented
with
whatsoeuer
shall
happen
vnto
vs
other●wise
.
Rom.
8.
28.
6
That
we
may
carry
our selues
as
strangers
in
the
world
,
lookin●
for
a
citie
which
is
aboue
.
Hebrew
11.
7
That
we
may
suffer
affliction
cheerefully
and
fruitfully
.
Psa.
5.
1●
Psal.
33.
21.
8
That
we
doe
purge
,
and
pre●pare
our selues
to
happinesse
.
1.
Io●
●
.
3.
Esay
40.
31.
9
That
the
Saints
may
be
raised
vp
by
our
example
.
Psal.
69.
7.
10
That
wee
may
be
deliuered
out
of
troubles
.
Psal.
37.
40.
Psalme
91.
14.
This
is
obtained
and
buckled
to
the
head
:
1
By
sound
knowledge
of
the
loue
of
God
in
Christ
.
Rom.
8.
38.
2
By
plentifull
experience
of
the
same
heretofore
.
2.
Cor.
1.
10.
3
By
embracing
al
good
meanes
that
are
offered
for
our
safety
.
Psal
37.
3.
4
Casting
our selues
vpon
the
Lord
when
meanes
faile
.
ibid.
5
&
resting
in
him
.
Prou.
14.
32.
Rom.
●4
.
5
Reuerent
obseruing
of
the
workes
of
God
.
Psalme
40.
4.
Psal.
115.
11.
6
Depending
on
the
truth
of
Gods
promises
,
though
we
see
them
not
accomplished
.
Psal.
46.
5.
Psal.
130.
9.
Pro.
16.
20.
7
Expecting
the
Lords
leisure
,
contrary
to
sense
and
reason
.
Psal.
69.
4.
Esay
26.
8.
8
Abasing
and
renouncing
out
selues
before
the
Lord
.
Psal.
131.
3.
Zeph.
3.
12.
9
Submitting
our selues
to
the
ministery
of
the
Gospel
.
Esay
50.
10●
10
Waiting
further
vpon
God
,
then
this
life
can
counteruaile
.
1.
Cor.
15.
19.
The
last
part
of
this
spirituall
Armour
,
1
The
deceitfulnes
of
sin
.
Heb●
▪
2
The
poyson
of
error
and
heresie
.
1.
Tim.
6.
3.
3
The
corruption
of
our
ow●●
hearts
.
Heb.
3.
12.
4
The
manifold
subtilties
and
deepnes
of
Satan
.
Apoc.
2.
24.
2.
Pe●●
1.
19.
5
The
riches
of
Gods
mercie●
Ephes.
3.
18.
Ephes.
1.
18.
Secondly
,
to
confirme
&
maintain
:
1
Faith
against
infidelity
and
discontentment
.
2
Hope
against
despaire
.
Ro.
15.
4
3
Truth
against
error
and
humane
wisedome
.
I
am
.
1.
18.
Christ
against
Antichrist
.
4
God
against
man
.
Thirdly
,
To
captiuate
and
subdue
:
1
Euery
imagination
that
exalts
it selfe
against
God
.
2.
Cor.
10.
4.
2
To
cut
off
the
power
and
cords
of
sinne
.
3
To
repell
the
impudencie
and
importunitie
of
Satan
.
Mat.
4.
Fourthly
,
To
purge
:
1
Zeale
,
of
ignorance
&
selfeloue
.
2
Religion
,
of
hypocrisie
.
3
Profession
,
of
vaine-glorie
▪
4
Weldoing
,
of
wearisomnes
.
5
Faith
,
of
carnalnes
.
6
Afflictions
,
of
impatiency
,
&c.
Fiftly
,
To
confound
:
1
Satans
kingdome
.
Matt.
4.
2
The
fleshes
tyrannie
.
Tit.
2.
11.
3
The
worlds
deceitfulnes
.
Psal.
119.
95.
4
Our
hearts
doubtfulnes
.
Psal.
73.
17.
5
Mans
inuentions
.
Psal.
119.
113.
This
Armour
is
obtained
and
put
on
,
1
By
prayer
.
2
Study
&
meditation
.
1.
Tim.
4.
13
3
Submiting
our selues
to
the
word
preached
.
Iam.
1.
21.
These
meanes
how
wrought
effectually
:
1
When
our
vnderstanding
is
illightned
,
and
delighted
with
the
sauing
knowledge
thereof
.
2
Our
iudgements
confirmed
,
and
established
in
the
same
.
Ephes.
1.
9.
3
Our
consciences
conuinced
,
and
quieted
therein
.
Rom.
5.
1.
4
Our
will
and
affections
subdued
and
captiuated
thereto
.
Psal.
40.
6.
5
Our
desire
en
flamed
and
vnsatiable
thereof
.
Mat.
5.
6.
6
Our
mind
satisfied
and
contented
therewith
,
aboue
all
treasures
.
Psalm.
119.
97.
Psalm.
19.
10.
7
Our
liues
reformed
and
amended
thereby
.
Psal.
119.
9.
8
Our
faith
quickned
,
and
daily
norished
by
the
same
.
2.
Pet.
1.
9
And
we
enabled
to
ouercome
tentations
,
and
to
finish
our
course
with
ioy
.
And
this
armour
is
keept
one
:
1
By
recording
and
rehearsing
the
same
vnto
other
:
so
to
labour
their
conuersion
.
Luk.
22.
23.
2
By
spirituall
experience
of
the
power
thereof
in
putting
our
knowledge
into
continuall
practise
.
3
By
cleauing
constantly
to
an
effectuall
ministery
.
Iohn
10.
5.
4
By
suffring
afflictions
for
the
Gospel
.
Heb.
10.
Act.
21.
5
By
labouring
to
haue
it
to
dwell
plentifully
among
vs
,
and
to
haue
the
power
thereof
more
and
more
abound
in
the
mortif●ing
of
our
affections
and
speciall
sinnes
.
Colos.
3.
16.
Tit.
2.
11.
Thus
farre
of
the
parts
of
the
Christian
armour
:
Now
the
necessity
in
generall
of
it
,
1
Our
whole
life
must
needs
be
subiect
to
many
fearefull
breaches
and
distractions
.
2.
Pet.
1.
2
We
shall
passe
it
very
idly
and
vnprofitably
.
3
We
shall
bee
deceiued
with
many
false
shadowes
,
and
apparances
of
good
,
and
be
much
to
seeke
in
that
good
which
we
doe
desire
,
either
in
the
knowledge
of
it
or
desire
to
the
same
.
4
Our
course
at
the
best
will
be
most
vncertaine
.
Iohn
11.
10.
in
regard
of
others
.
5
We
shall
not
so
shine
before
them
as
lights
by
our
good
examples
.
Mat.
5.
16.
6
Nay
,
wee
shall
necessarily
in
respect
of
our
euill
example
bee●
stumbling
blockes
vnto
them
.
7
We
shall
cause
our
profession
to
bee
euill
spoken
of
.
Ephesian●
5.
3.
8
And
our
God
,
and
his
Religion
and
word
blasphemed
.
Timoth●●
6.
1.
But
with
this
Armour
,
we
shall
be
,
1
Certaine
of
what
we
do
.
Ioh●
11.
9.
2
Enabled
in
some
measure
〈◊〉
doe
it
.
Psal.
119.
104.
3
Strong
to
encounter
all
oppositions
,
and
victorious
therein
.
Psa●●
119.
6.
4
Assured
of
the
acceptance
〈◊〉
what
we
doe
.
Phil.
1.
21
,
20.
5
Readie
for
al
occasions
whatsoeuer
.
Phil.
4.
12.
6
And
willing
to
yeelde
vp
his
due
vnto
God
when
he
shal
require
it
.
Acts
7.
1.
Cor.
1.
7.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
spirituall
Armour
.
CHAP.
X.
NOW
being
thus
armed
,
we
are
prepared
to
encounter
such
occasions
as
occurre
in
the
day
,
which
are
generally
and
necessary
:
-
1
To
auoyde
euill
.
Esay
1.
16
,
17.
-
2
To
prosecute
that
which
is
good
.
Concerning
the
auoyding
of
euill
:
First
,
we
must
labour
to
haue
our
iudgement
rectified
.
Concerning
1
The
euill
it selfe
.
2
Our
owne
estate
in
respect
of
it
.
3
God
,
who
hates
it
and
yet
orders
it
.
That
which
wee
are
to
be
informed
concerning
euil
,
is
;
that
there
is
euil
,
1
By
nature
,
&
such
is
whatsoeuer
is
against
or
besides
the
law
of
God
,
and
this
is
properly
called
sinne
.
2.
Accident
,
so
a
good
thing
may
be
made
euill
.
Psal.
69.
22.
Malach.
2.
2.
3
Opinion
,
so
afflictions
are
counted
euils
;
yea
,
the
truth
and
power
of
good
in
the
censure
of
the
world
,
vsually
is
counted
euill
.
Esay
5.
20.
The
vse
hereof
is
:
3
That
we
may
discerne
things
that
differ
,
not
stumbling
vpon
euil
in
stead
of
good
,
nor
auoyding
good
in
stead
of
euill
,
not
fearing
afflictions
when
they
come
for
good
,
not
distrusting
our
goodnesse
,
though
it
be
accounted
euill
.
Phil.
1.
10.
2
We
must
vnderstand
the
true
author
of
euill
,
which
is
not
God
,
but
our selues
,
that
so
wee
may
blame
none
but
our selues
.
Iames
1.
13.
3
That
euil
is
not
onely
a
meere
priuation
of
good
,
but
a
quality
inherent
&
defiling
the
soule
.
1.
Ioh.
3.
4
4
That
it
is
not
only
committed
in
act
,
but
in
thought
,
though
consent
come
not
thereto
.
Exo.
20.
5
That
it
is
as
well
committed
in
omitting
what
we
should
doe
,
as
in
doing
what
we
should
not
.
6
That
sinne
is
seen
in
the
least
that
is
forbidden
,
as
well
as
in
the
greatest
.
1.
Iohn
3.
4.
That
the
least
sinne
breaketh
the
law
of
God
,
and
maketh
vs
guiltie
of
the
whole
.
Iames
2.
12.
Ephes.
5.
11
,
12.
Rom.
6.
21.
8
That
sinne
is
filthie
and
lothsome
euen
in
the
greatest
pleasure
and
act
thereof
.
9
That
the
end
thereof
is
bitter
,
and
the
inward
parts
most
abominable
.
And
this
knowledge
serueth
,
1
To
conclude
all
vnder
sinne
.
Rom.
3.
9.
2.
To
lay
the
fault
iustly
where
it
is
.
3
To
preuent
diminishing
and
encreasing
of
sinne
.
4
To
auoyd
the
custome
and
punishment
thereof
.
Concerning
our
owne
estate
in
respect
of
sinne
,
we
are
to
learne
:
1
That
if
we
neuer
committed
sin
,
yet
we
are
not
free
from
it
,
as
being
guilty
of
the
sin
of
another
,
&
deriuing
it
from
the
loynes
of
our
parents
▪
Rom.
5.
14.
Psal.
51.
5.
Ephe.
2.
3.
2
That
hereby
our
nature
is
wholly
tainted
with
corruption
,
and
vncleanenesse
.
Iob
14.
Psalme
51.
3
That
we
are
depriued
of
all
originall
and
actuall
righteousnesse
.
Ephes.
2.
Rom.
6.
4
And
proone
,
yea
desperately
set
to
commit
all
sinne
with
greedines
.
Gen.
6.
5
That
we
delight
in
sinne
,
and
repose
our
chiefe
contentment
therin
.
Pro.
2.
That
naturally
we
hate
to
be
reformed
and
pluckt
out
of
sinne
.
Ro.
10.
21.
7
That
we
cannot
but
necessarily
and
yet
willingly
sinne
.
1.
Cor.
12.
2.
8
That
our
best
actions
are
beautifull
sinnes
.
Esay
64.
6.
And
this
knowledge
serueth
:
1
To
iustifie
God
in
his
iudgements
.
Rom.
3.
5.
2
To
confound
the
goodnes
of
nature
Romans
3.
19.
3
To
magnifie
the
riches
of
Gods
mercy
.
Ephes.
2.
3
,
7.
4
To
send
vs
to
Christ
.
Roman.
3.
22.
Concerning
God
,
1
That
he
hateth
al
euil
as
a
righteous
God
.
Psa.
5.
and
no
vncleane
thing
shall
dwel
with
him
.
Reuela
.
21.
2
That
he
permitteth
and
ordereth
euill
in
speciall
wisedome
to
his
glory
.
Act.
5.
3
That
he
knoweth
and
searcheth
the
most
inmost
closet
of
sinne
.
Ierem.
17.
10.
4
That
he
is
able
to
punish
&
to
take
vengeance
of
the
same
.
Isaiah
40.
5
That
he
punisheth
sinne
with
sinne
,
and
yet
most
righteously
.
2.
Thess.
2.
11.
6
That
though
hee
haue
laide
the
chastisement
of
our
peace
vpon
his
Sonne
:
yet
hee
will
correct
vs
as
his
children
for
sinne
.
Esay
53.
Psalme
88.
89.
And
this
knowledge
serueth
,
1
To
iustifie
the
perfect
holines
of
God
.
2
To
magnifie
his
wisedome
in
disposing
of
euill
.
Rom.
11.
33.
3
To
giue
him
his
prerogatiue
,
that
he
is
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
,
the
searcher
of
the
heart
.
Ier.
17.
10.
4
To
ascribe
vnto
him
the
glorie
of
his
power
and
super
excellent
greatnes
,
that
we
might
be
humbled
before
him
.
Psal.
86.
9
,
10.
5
To
worke
in
vs
an
hatred
of
euill
,
and
loue
of
righteousnes
.
Gen.
17.
1.
6
To
preuent
presumption
,
and
cause
vs
to
worke
out
our
saluation
with
feare
and
trembling
.
2.
Cor.
5.
11.
Phil.
2.
12.
Secondly
,
Our
iudgment
being
thus
rectified
,
And
this
is
seene
either
in
-
1
Preuenting
sinne
,
or
-
2
Recouering
out
of
it
by
vnfained
repentance
.
Sinnes
is
preuented
either
:
-
1
Generally
or
-
2
Particularly
.
Generally
:
by
1
A
continual
watchfulnes
ouer
our
heart
and
outward
man
.
2
A
feare
and
suspecting
of
our selues
,
as
at
all
times
,
so
when
wee
haue
most
experience
of
Gods
mercy
.
Pro.
28.
14.
Iob
1.
3
A
continuall
resigning
of
our selues
into
the
hands
of
God
.
4
Walking
as
alwaies
in
his
presence
.
Gen.
5.
22.
Gen.
17.
1.
5
To
haue
a
continuall
eye
to
Gods
commaudements
.
Psal.
119.
6
To
meditate
on
Gods
iudgements
,
inflicted
on
his
deerest
children
for
sinne
.
2.
Sam.
12.
11
,
14.
7
Consider
the
inestimable
loue
and
mercy
of
God
towards
vs
.
Exod.
34.
6.
Eightly
,
Imploying
our selues
in
some
honest
calling
.
2.
Thess.
3.
11
,
12.
and
that
1
In
faith
and
without
distrust
of
Gods
prouidence
,
with
a
good
conscience
.
Mat.
6.
25.
Heb.
13.
18
2
With
cheerfulnes
and
contentment
,
without
murmuring
and
couetousnes
.
Heb.
13.
5.
3
Committing
the
successe
to
God
and
waiting
for
his
blessing
,
without
making
hast
to
be
rich
,
or
indenting
with
God
for
these
outward
things
.
1.
Tim.
6.
Ge.
30.
1.
Ha.
1.
16.
4
In
humility
,
and
lowlines
,
not
sacrificing
to
our
net
,
but
giuing
God
the
glorie
.
Gen.
32.
10.
5
In
holines
sanctifying
the
same
by
the
word
and
prayer
,
and
laying
a
good
foundation
thereby
towards
heauen
.
1.
Tim.
6.
1.
Tim.
4.
6
In
faithfulnes
and
diligence
,
redeeming
the
time
,
and
accounting
for
it
.
Eph.
5.
16.
Ninthly
,
learning
to
vse
our
Christian
libertie
a
right
.
1
Herein
not
so
much
to
stand
〈◊〉
lawfulnes
,
as
expedience
.
1.
Cor.
10.
2
That
all
things
be
done
to
edification
,
not
offence
.
1.
Cor.
14.
3
That
as
we
remit
of
our
liberty
in
regard
of
such
as
are
weake
of
ignorance
,
so
we
vse
it
in
respect
of
the
obstinately
ignorant
,
lest
wee
harden
them
in
their
sin
.
Mat.
15.
14.
4
That
we
vse
the
things
of
this
life
within
the
compasse
of
our
callings
.
1.
Cor.
7.
1.
Cor.
10.
5
For
our
recreation
that
it
be
in
things
indifferent
.
Phil.
4.
8.
2
Very
spare
and
sober
.
3
Tending
to
a
spiritual
end
,
not
the
satisfying
of
the
flesh
.
Gal.
5.
13.
6
That
all
things
be
done
to
the
glorie
of
God
.
1.
Cor.
16.
Tenthly
,
By
auoyding
the
occasions
of
sinne
,
which
are
1
Euill
company
.
Ephes.
5.
11.
2
Excesse
in
the
vse
of
the
creatures
.
Luc.
21.
34.
3
Giuing
the
bridle
to
the
outward
man
.
Gen.
31.
1.
4
Opportunity
&
seasonablenes
.
Eccles.
3.
1.
5
Appearance
and
shew
of
euil
,
&c.
Thes.
5.
22.
And
this
sinne
generally
may
be
preuented
:
particularly
thus
,
when
we
are
assaulted
by
any
tentation
.
1
To
mourn
at
the
priuy
motions
of
sin
,
&
at
no
hand
to
set
light
by
it
.
2
To
know
that
I
beare
a
traytor
in
my
bosom
,
&
therfore
here
at
no
hand
consult
with
flesh
,
nor
giue
way
to
the
temptation
.
Iames
1.
14.
3
To
choake
it
by
strong
cries
and
groanes
to
God
.
Mat.
6.
13.
4
To
put
it
off
by
exercising
the
mind
with
contrary
meditations
and
affecting
the
contrarie
vertue
.
Psal.
1.
5
Examine
thy
heart
why
it
is
thus
,
and
thou
shalt
find
some
cause
of
this
tentation
.
Psal.
4.
6
The
cause
found
either
,
1
Want
of
sound
repentance
for
some
former
sinne
,
2
Security
,
3
Some
greater
euill
like
to
follow
,
whereof
this
tentation
is
a
messenger
,
or
such
like
negligence
,
dispose
thy selfe
accordinglie
.
5
Intend
thy
calling
more
carefully
and
conscionably
.
Eph.
5.
15.
6
Renue
thy
repentance
and
vowes
to
God
more
effectually
.
Psal
116.
7
Dispute
not
with
Satan
,
neither
play
with
the
flame
,
but
flie
away
with
Ioseph
,
though
thou
leaue
thy
coate
behind
thee
.
Iacob
4.
7.
Gen.
39.
12.
8
Labour
not
so
much
to
avoyd
the
outward
act
,
as
to
haue
thy
heart
purged
from
the
euil
thought
.
Ps.
51.
2.
10.
9
Submit
thy selfe
rather
to
any
punishment
(
if
it
so
please
God
)
then
to
yeeld
to
the
tentation
.
Matth.
5.
29.
10
And
looke
for
one
temptation
in
the
necke
of
another
.
11
Yet
faint
not
in
thy
resistance
:
but
perseuer
constantly
,
&
by
Gods
mercie
satan
shall
flie
away
.
Iam.
4.
7.
Matth
4.
If
Satan
preuaile
,
1
Thy
estate
in
grace
,
which
must
be
renued
by
repentance
.
Psal.
51.
2
Gods
mercies
,
which
are
aboue
all
thy
sinnes
.
Psal.
103.
8.
Exo.
34.
16.
3
Thy
former
experience
how
thou
hast
recouered
.
Psal.
77.
5.
And
so
pract●se
thy
raysing
vp
in
this
manner
:
First
,
view
thine
iniquitie
in
the
glasse
of
the
law
,
to
bruse
thine
hart
,
and
there
thou
shalt
find
what
an
euill
and
bitter
thing
sin
is
.
Ier.
2.
19.
Secondly
,
spirit
of
bondage
:
and
proceede
to
iudge
thy
salfe
,
concluding
that
thou
art
guiltie
of
eternall
death
.
And
hence
will
follow
compunction
,
and
wounding
of
the
heatt
:
3
The
heart
being
thus
wounded
that
thou
maist
bee
kept
from
despaire
,
4
Hereupon
make
application
vnto
thine
heart
by
the
worke
of
conscience
renued
by
the
spirit
of
adoption
,
and
raise
vp
thy selfe
with
this
assurance
,
that
though
thou
art
a
sinner
,
yet
Christ
is
thine
,
and
thou
hast
pardon
of
thy
sinne
,
and
shalt
haue
life
eternall
in
him
.
Mat.
11.
28.
Mat.
5.
3.
4.
Lu.
15.
2.
Cor.
7●
This
application
worketh
two
contrarie
effects
:
1
Thou
shalt
reioyce
that
thy
sins
are
forgiuen
thee
in
Christ
Iesus
.
2
Thou
shalt
be
sorrowfull
that
thou
hast
displeased
so
good
and
gracious
a
father
.
And
this
sorrow
is
expressed
:
First
,
by
Iudging
thy
sin
before
God
in
the
court
of
thy
conscience
.
And
this
Iudgement
contayneth
:
1
By
examining
thy
sinne
,
and
taking
a
more
particular
notice
thereof
.
2
Confessing
it
,
Psalm
.
32.
5.
and
that
1
With
greefe
and
detestation
.
2
Particularly
,
not
generally
,
not
onely
so
farre
as
thou
knowest
,
confessing
herein
thy
knowledge
to
be
short
,
and
yeelding
vp
thy
vnscearchable
heart
vnto
God
.
Lord
clense
me
from
my
secret
sinnes
.
Psalm.
19.
3
Against
thy selfe
not
excusing
or
diminishing
:
not
laying
the
fault
vpon
God
,
the
creatures
,
&c.
but
blaming
especially
that
corrupt
fountaine
of
thy
heart
herein
.
Psal.
32.
5.
Psal.
51.
4
Vnto
God
,
not
vnto
Angels
or
men
,
&c.
who
onely
is
able
and
ready
to
forgiue
.
Psal.
103.
Thirdly
,
Thou
must
condemne
sinne
,
and
this
is
done
:
1
By
acknowledging
what
is
due
vnto
thee
for
it
,
namely
shame
and
confusion
of
face
for
euer
.
Ezra
9.
6.
2
Professing
thine
owne
vilenes
,
and
vnworthinesse
of
the
least
of
Gods
mercies
.
Iob
39.
16.
3
Iustifying
God
in
what
hee
might
doe
,
and
submitting
thy selfe
vnder
his
mightie
hand
.
Ely
.
2.
Sam.
2.
Dauid
,
2.
Sam.
15.
4
Execute
vengeance
vpon
thy selfe
for
thy
sinne
,
2.
Cor.
7.
in
as
this
maner
:
First
,
lie
downe
in
thy
confusion
and
couer
thy
face
with
shame
.
Ier.
3.
Luk.
18.
2
Abhorre
and
detest
thy selfe
in
sackcloth
and
ashes
.
Iob
42.
6.
3
Haue
indignation
and
zeale
against
thy selfe
for
offending
so
good
a
God
:
2.
Cor.
7.
Peter
wept
bitterly
.
Psal.
73.
22.
so
foolish
,
&c.
4
Groane
vnder
the
burthen
of
thy
flesh
,
and
desire
to
be
rid
of
it
Rom.
7.
21.
5
Possesse
a
broken
heart
for
thy
sinne
all
thy
life
long
.
Psal.
51.
17.
6
Refraine
thy selfe
from
lawfull
comforts
.
Ioel.
2.
7
Impose
all
meanes
of
mortifiing
thy
rebellious
flesh
,
as
feare
of
thy selfe
,
lest
thou
fall
againe
.
Pro.
28.
14.
8
Mingle
thy
drinke
with
thy
teares
,
and
in
thy
greatest
security
,
let
the
remembrance
of
thy
sinne
,
awake
and
rouse
thee
vp
.
Psal.
51.
9
Desire
euer
after
more
carefully
to
please
God
.
2.
Cor.
7.
10
To
this
end
preserue
a
record
of
thy
sinne
and
retaine
some
monument
thereof
with
thee
.
11
Consider
often
what
punishments
thou
hast
felt
for
sinne
.
12
And
let
the
day
of
thy
death
and
appearing
before
the
iudgment
seate
of
Christ
be
alwaies
in
thy
mind
,
make
thou
sure
account
of
it
,
&
daily
make
readie
for
it
.
2.
Pet.
3.
13
Cease
not
crying
out
against
thy
corruptions
and
complaining
vnto
God
of
thy
rebellions
,
that
he
may
strengthen
thee
against
them
.
Psal.
119.
49.
14
Bind
thy selfe
by
the
oath
,
and
by
the
curse
to
forsake
all
sin
,
&
to
continue
constant
in
the
seruice
of
thy
God
.
Ezra
,
10.
3.
2.
Chro.
15.
15
Reprooue
sinne
boldlie
in
others
,
and
plucke
them
out
of
the
fire
:
Iude
23.
though
thou
beest
scorcht
for
thy
labour
.
16
Suffer
affliction
as
a
good
souldier
of
Iesus
Christ
,
and
prepare
thy
soule
vnto
tentations
.
2.
Tim.
2.
Thus
shalt
thou
cut
off
sin
,
and
happily
preserue
thy selfe
in
a
constant
course
of
godlines
.
For
thy
better
instruction
herein
.
1
Cal
to
mind
what
before
is
deliuered
in
the
sixth
part
of
the
girdle
of
truth
concerning
holy
actions
,
which
may
helpe
thee
both
in
the
true
knowledge
of
God
to
informe
thy
iudgment
,
as
also
in
the
right
&
holy
practise
of
good
things
,
which
must
be
part
of
thy
daily
sacrifice
.
CHAP.
XI
.
BEing
thus
instructed
in
generall●
auoyd
euill
and
doe
good
,
the
next
duetie
that
thou
must
performe
,
And
this
duty
is
necessary
:
because
1
We
doe
approoue
our
right
in
Gods
blessings
.
1.
Tim.
4.
It
vse
.
2
We
make
them
profitable
and
durable
.
Mat.
14.
19
,
20.
3
We
encrease
them
,
and
make
them
pledges
of
heauen
.
4
We
do
ease
our selues
of
much
begging
,
and
so
approch
to
the
life
of
glory
.
5
We
acknowledge
God
to
be
the
giuer
,
and
blesser
of
them
.
6
We
do
answer
the
end
,
why
God
bestowed
them
on
vs
.
Deu.
8.
7
And
do
by
this
duty
performe
a
most
principall
part
of
worship
&
glory
to
our
God
.
Psal.
50.
23.
8
Security
and
hardnes
of
heart
is
hereby
preuented
.
9
Our
faith
in
God
is
confirmed
and
encreased
.
10
Spirituall
pride
and
hypocrisie
is
ouer-mastered
.
11
The
certainty
of
our
saluation
hereby
pledged
&
confirmed
.
12
Our
account
made
readie
,
&
so
we
prepared
to
meet
the
Lord
.
And
it
is
to
be
performed
daily
:
1
Because
we
daily
receiue
good
at
the
hands
of
God
.
Lam.
3.
23.
2
And
by
this
meanes
shal
preuent
many
euils
which
daily
do
assault
vs
And
this
duty
is
performed
on
this
manner
:
First
,
The
hart
must
be
prepared
:
1
With
sound
notice
of
the
blessing
,
conceiuing
more
excellently
of
God
then
wee
possible
can
see
him
by
his
blessings
.
2
True
humility
for
the
same
,
by
serious
meditation
,
both
of
the
Maiesty
,
power
and
goodnes
of
God
and
also
of
it
owne
vnworthines
.
3
As
also
it
must
be
purged
by
●
setled
purpose
of
not
offending
s●
bountifull
a
God
.
4
And
an
holy
perswasion
,
that
we
haue
receiued
the
benefit
in
the
fauour
of
God
.
5
And
a●
holy
desire
to
set
forth
the
glory
of
God
.
2
The
mouth
must
speake
of
the
mercies
of
God
:
And
that
,
1
Reuerently
and
holily
,
no●
lightly
or
loosely
.
2
Particularly
,
as
neere
as
wee
may
recounting
the
same
.
Genes.
32.
10.
3
Publikely
,
euen
in
the
great
congregations
vnto
the
Church
〈◊〉
GOD
,
yea
to
the
generations
to
come
.
Ps.
66.
&
102.
4
Priuately
betweene
God
and
our
owne
soules
to
auoyd
hypocrisie
.
Matt.
6.
5
Wisely
and
orderly
for
spirituall
blessings
,
and
then
for
temporall
.
Ephe.
1.
3.
6
Faithfully
,
aswel
for
blessings
promised
and
to
come
,
as
for
those
we
haue
receiued
.
2.
Chro.
6.
7
Constantly
,
aswel
when
God
takes
,
as
when
he
giues
.
Iob
1.
21.
8
Humbly
,
acknowledging
our selues
to
bee
vnworthy
of
the
least
of
them
.
Iacob
,
Gene.
32.
9
Speedily
,
if
it
bee
possible
to
preuent
the
Lord
.
Gene.
24.
10
Continually
,
euen
all
our
life
long
.
11
Charitably
prouoking
others
to
the
like
duty
.
12
Acknowledging
Gods
graces
in
others
,
and
without
enuie
or
detraction
aduancing
the
same
.
13
Yea
,
wishing
that
all
may
be
partakers
of
the
same
graces
with
vs
.
Num.
11.
14
Impartially
,
aswell
for
the
least
as
for
the
greatest
.
3
We
must
praise
God
in
our
life
,
&
actions
.
Here
obserue
these
principall
actions
of
thankefulnesse
.
Psalme
1.
1
To
renue
our
obedience
,
〈◊〉
encrease
our
seruice
of
God
.
Psal●●
116.
2
Continual
mortification
of
〈◊〉
old
man
.
Psal.
106.
3.
Ezr.
10.
3
Casting
out
the
speciall
〈◊〉
beloued
sinne
.
Mat.
5.
29.
4
Making
much
of
the
mean
whereby
Gods
blessings
are
sanctfied
,
&
so
continued
vnto
vs
,
nam●ly
,
the
Preaching
of
the
gospell
,
&
Rom.
10.
15.
5
Labouring
hartilie
the
co●uersion
of
others
.
Psal.
51
6
Releeuing
and
forgiuing
,
〈◊〉
praying
one
for
another
.
Eph.
8.
7
Beleeuing
Gods
promises
,
〈◊〉
waiting
patiently
the
full
acco●plishment
of
them
.
Psalme
40.
●
Heb.
11.
8
Erecting
monuments
and
tro●phes
of
Gods
benefits
to
posteri●●
Gen.
22.
15.
&c.
9
Writing
&
registring
the
n●ble
acts
of
the
Lord
.
Psal.
102.
10
Imposing
fit
names
vnto
〈◊〉
children
,
in
remembrance
of
God
mercies
.
Gen.
41.
11
Paying
our
vowes
vnto
God
and
men
.
Psal.
65.
1.
Ion.
2.
9.
12
Being
content
with
whatsoeuer
God
bestoweth
vpon
vs
.
Thus
are
we
to
performe
thankefulnes
vnto
God
.
Which
that
wee
may
performe
more
happily
:
First
,
Let
vs
beware
of
these
euils
which
are
maine
enemies
to
this
duety
:
As
,
1
To
imagine
,
that
we
deserue
any
thing
Luc.
17.
10.
2
That
wee
haue
any
thing
meerely
by
our
owne
labour
and
industry
.
Psal.
127.
3
That
wee
harpe
more
vpon
our
troubles
,
then
Gods
fauours
and
benefits
.
4
That
we
be
alwaies
begging
,
but
neuer
recounting
what
we
haue
receiued
.
5
That
we
consider
what
others
haue
,
rather
then
what
wee
haue
need
of
.
6
That
we
be
not
secure
in
the
blessings
of
God
,
but
rather
feare
our
estate
most
when
we
haue
most
fauours
.
Iob
1.
7
That
we
tie
God
vnto
these
outward
things
.
8
That
we
dote
and
rest
vpon
these
,
and
not
rather
forget
them
in
regard
of
the
things
of
the
life
to
come
.
Phil.
3.
9
That
we
conceiue
basely
and
meanely
of
Gods
mercies
,
and
doe
not
see
&
worship
God
in
the
least
of
them
.
Secondly
,
Let
vs
vse
these
helpes
〈◊〉
thankefulnes
.
As
1
Rest
we
vpon
God
as
the
giuer
of
all
good
blessings
.
2
Vse
we
all
holy
meanes
for
the
obtaining
of
them
.
3
Leaue
we
the
successe
to
Go
:
depending
on
his
prouidence
.
4
Thinke
we
not
what
God
can
giue
,
but
what
is
fit
for
vs
to
receiue
.
5
Consider
wee
how
small
a
tribute
the
Lord
requires
for
all
his
blessings
.
6
What
a
prerogatiue
we
attain
by
thankesgiuing
,
that
God
is
the
receiuer
,
and
we
giuers
vnto
God
,
and
how
much
better
it
is
to
giue
then
to
receiue
.
7
Let
the
creatures
prouoke
vs
hereto
,
left
otherwise
they
condemne
vs
.
Heb.
6.
8
Let
our
commodity
perswade
vs
,
either
if
we
will
haue
,
or
vse
,
or
hold
Gods
fauours
comfortably
.
9
And
lastly
consider
we
the
account
to
bee
made
in
the
life
to
come
,
which
is
made
vp
by
thankefulnes
vnto
God
in
this
life
.
Ioh.
3.
And
thus
far
concerning
thankefulnes
The
chiefe
vse
and
benefit
thereof
,
the
Next
duety
daily
to
bee
performed
of
vs
:
CHAP.
XII
.
NAmely
to
labour
constancy
and
perseuerance
vnto
the
end
.
And
that
because
:
First
,
Hereby
wee
approue
the
soundnes
of
our
calling
and
gifts
,
2
We
obtaine
the
promise
and
the
crowne
that
is
set
before
vs
.
He.
11.
which
otherwise
by
falling
away
we
shall
lose
.
Reuel.
3.
6.
3
Wee
approue
the
truth
of
God
,
and
giue
him
the
glorie
of
his
faithfulnes
.
1.
Thes.
5.
24.
4
Wee
ouercome
satan
and
all
our
enemies
.
Ephes.
6.
13.
Helpes
hereunto
are
:
First
,
The
establishing
of
our
faith
,
that
the
children
of
God
shall
continue
to
the
end
:
and
that
because
,
1
Our
God
is
faithfull
and
almightie
,
and
his
gifts
are
without
repentance
who
hath
promised
it
.
Rom.
11.
2
Iesus
Christ
makes
continuall
intercession
for
vs
.
Luke
22●
33.
3
The
holy
Ghost
shall
abide
with
vs
to
the
end
of
the
world
.
Iohn
16.
to
preserue
vs
.
Iohn
14.
4
We
are
the
beloued
of
God
:
and
therefore
.
1
Whom
hee
loues
once
hee
will
loue
to
the
end
.
Iohn
.
13.
2
Whatsoeuer
wee
aske
in
his
name
,
the
father
will
giue
vs
,
if
it
bee
agreeable
to
his
will
.
1.
Iohn
5.
14.
3
All
things
shall
turne
vnto
our
good
.
Rom.
8.
29.
4
Wee
are
maried
to
him
for
euer
in
holines
and
righteousnes
:
Ose.
2.
5
Gods
couenaunt
with
vs
,
is
euerlasting
.
Ieremie
30.
Ezechiel
11.
Psalme
.
89.
&
Ose.
2.
6
Wee
are
vnited
vnto
Christ
our
head
,
Collossians
,
2.
and
giuen
to
him
of
the
Father
,
and
therefore
none
shall
take
vs
out
of
his
hands
Iohn
10.
Iohn
17.
17.
7
Wee
haue
the
word
and
sacraments
,
which
shall
continue
with
vs
to
the
worlds
end
,
to
vphold
vs
in
our
righteousnes
.
Mat.
28.
8
Wee
haue
strengthning
grace
to
continue
vs
in
wel-doing
.
Ephe.
3.
16.
9
Our
slips
,
and
fallings
,
are
meanes
to
perseuerance
.
Here
Consider
.
1
That
the
child
of
God
being
regenerated
,
may
,
and
doth
fall
:
and
that
because
:
1
God
leaues
him
often
to
himselfe
.
1
To
let
him
see
his
own
strength
to
be
humbled
thereby
.
Hose.
14.
4.
2
To
driue
from
that
hold
,
to
rely
onely
vpon
God
.
Cantic.
3.
4.
Luc.
22.
32.
3
To
make
him
more
compassionate
and
helpfull
to
others
in
their
infirmities
.
2
Satan
is
continually
sifting
of
him
.
Luk.
22.
3
He
caries
about
him
a
traytor
readie
to
betray
him
hourely
.
1.
Pet.
2.
11.
4
His
falles
may
well
stand
with
his
estate
in
grace
,
yea
doe
much
make
for
the
triall
and
encrease
thereof
.
1.
Pet.
1.
7.
As
in
his
fall
,
1
He
discernes
his
imperfection
,
and
so
is
prouoked
to
take
stronger
hold
.
Canti.
3.
4.
2
In
his
recouerie
he
feeles
the
vndoubted
grace
of
God
.
Psal.
32.
3
In
both
he
hath
experience
of
the
combats
betweene
the
flesh
and
the
spirit
,
al
which
are
vndoubted
signes
of
regeneration
.
Luk.
11.
21.
4
He
is
made
more
acquainted
with
the
deceitfulnes
of
sinne
,
and
so
more
skilfull
to
preuent
the
same
.
Heb.
3.
13.
5
He
is
shamed
by
his
fall
,
and
driuen
from
the
hold
of
the
world
,
and
such
like
baits
of
sinne
.
Hose.
14.
4.
6
he
is
prouoked
more
egerly
to
follow
after
the
mark
,
by
how
much
he
hath
beene
cast
behind
.
2.
Cor.
11.
7
He
becomes
more
fearfull
of
himselfe
,
and
will
not
be
so
venturous
vpon
the
occasions
of
sinne
.
Mat.
26.
75.
Consider
therefore
,
2
How
farre
a
regenerate
man
may
fall
:
First
,
In
his
faith
,
by
doubting
of
Gods
fauour
and
the
assurance
of
his
saluation
.
Psal.
22.
Psal.
51.
Psal.
77.
Hence
proceedes
1
Proud
and
foolish
reasonings
against
God
.
Ier.
12.
1.
2
Vaine
and
vncharitable
speeches
and
wishes
against
our selues
,
Iob.
3.
3
Distasting
of
the
meanes
and
furtherances
to
saluation
.
4
The
graces
of
God
may
bee
lessened
in
them
.
Psal.
51.
5
They
may
be
couered
.
6
Losse
of
some
graces
of
God
all
his
life
long
.
2
Erring
through
ignorance
in
some
maine
point
of
saluation
,
so
the
Apostles
,
Acts
1.
6.
3
He
may
dwel
in
his
ignorance
for
a
time
,
and
maintaine
the
same
,
Gal.
2.
Peter
.
Secondly
,
in
his
life
.
and
that
,
1
By
falling
into
some
grosse
sinnes
.
2.
Sam.
11.
2.
Sam.
24.
2
To
lie
a
sleepe
in
them
till
he
be
roused
vp
.
3
To
fall
into
them
againe
after
repentance
,
and
so
may
sinne
presumptuously
.
Mat.
26.
Hence
will
follow
:
1
That
the
light
of
Gods
countenance
shal
be
taken
away
.
Ps●
.
51.
2
The
horrors
of
hel
shal
assault
and
buffet
him
,
and
so
hee
may
despaire
.
Psal.
77.
11.
3
Some
grieuous
outward
afflictions
shall
follow
him
to
the
graue
.
Dauid
.
4
His
life
shall
be
a
burthen
and
irksome
to
him
.
Iacob
.
and
he
shall
be
impatient
vnder
the
crosse
.
Iob
3.
7.
5
Hee
shall
cause
the
name
of
God
to
be
blasphemed
by
the
wicked
.
2.
Sam.
12.
6
His
first
loue
shall
be
cooled
,
and
zeale
in
godlines
abated
.
Apo.
2.
4.
7
The
weake
shall
be
offended
at
him
.
8
Gods
Spirit
shall
be
grieued
.
Ephes
4.
9
He
shall
feele
a
weakenesse
in
him
in
regard
of
such
sinnes
as
haue
got
strong
hold
often
ouer
him
.
Psal.
6.
Ier.
13.
23.
Thus
farre
may
a
regenerate
man
●all
,
1
The
reprobates
temporary
faith
is
the
chiefe
cause
of
his
falling
and
prophanes
in
life
;
but
the
elects
errour
in
life
is
the
occasion
of
the
decay
of
his
faith
.
2
The
hypocrite
is
vsually
senseles
in
his
fall
,
and
so
continues
1●
Tim
4.
2
but
the
regenerate
at
length
hath
the
true
sightofit
.
2.
Sam.
24.
10●
3
The
hypocrite
if
he
fret
an●
greeue
,
it
is
for
feare
of
punishment
or
losse
of
the
temporall
blessing
not
for
the
losse
of
Gods
fauour
&c.
Psal.
51.
Gen.
27.
But
4
They
both
fall
into
the
sam●
sinnes
againe
,
but
yet
the
hypocr●●
after
sinnes
committed
with
mor●
strength
and
securitie
,
the
regenerate
with
more
resistance
,
feare
griefe
,
and
in
great
weakenes
.
Ps.
19●
5
They
both
are
impatient
,
an●
speake
foolishly
against
God
,
bu●
the
hypocrite
speake
as
he
thinketh
and
wisheth
in
the
aduisednes
and
purpose
of
his
heart
:
the
regenerate
speakes
in
folly
,
rashnes
,
not
as
he
thinketh
or
wisheth
,
but
as
his
corruption
ouerruling
him
doth
mislead
and
comming
to
himselfe
,
condemne
himselfe
for
it
&
cleares
the
Lord
.
Ps.
73.
Iob
42
6
They
both
decay
and
los●
their
first
loue
,
but
yet
the
hypocrite
counts
this
to
bee
his
wisedome
,
and
the
true
measure
of
holines
,
esteeming
his
former
zeale
to
be
rashnes
,
&c.
whereas
the
regenerate
acknowledgeth
it
was
better
before
then
now
,
and
mourning
vnder
his
estate
labours
the
recouery
and
in
some
measure
obtaines
it
.
2.
Sam.
12.
Mat.
26.
7
They
both
may
refuse
the
meanes
also
,
but
yet
the
hypocrite
in
pride
and
obstinacie
,
falles
at
length
,
from
loose
meanes
to
none
,
and
so
to
a
despising
and
persecuting
the
same
:
the
elect
though
hee
leaue
in
his
heart
,
yet
hee
returnes
with
shame
,
and
cleaues
more
conscionable
to
the
meanes
and
is
profited
thereby
.
8
They
both
may
be
losers
by
their
fall
,
and
not
recouer
all
their
life
long
:
but
with
these
differences
.
1
The
reprobate
loses
all
graces
and
becomes
a
very
beast
.
Psal.
49.
without
knowledge
,
ciuility
,
&c.
The
regenerate
recouers
necessarie
graces
,
as
faith
in
some
measure
of
vse
and
feeling
:
but
that
full
perswasion
ioy
in
the
spirit
,
&c.
he
happily
recouers
not
againe
all
his
life
long
.
2
The
reprobates
losse
is
without
feeling
,
causing
him
to
set
vp
his
rest
more
securely
in
this
life
,
and
so
prepares
him
to
sudden
destruction
:
that
of
the
elect
humbles
him
in
all
things
,
causes
him
to
worke
out
his
saluation
with
feare
and
trembling
,
to
goe
downe
with
sorrow
to
his
graue
,
and
to
be
wearie
of
the
world
,
and
to
desire
to
be
with
Christ
.
Phil.
2.
12.
This
may
we
discorne
betweene
the
fall●
of
Gods
children
and
the
wicked
.
And
this
serueth
.
1
To
trie
vs
in
our
decaies
,
and
to
comfort
vs
in
the
same
.
Pro.
24.
16.
2
To
iustifie
Gods
faithfulnes
who
neuer
forsakes
his
children
.
1.
Cor.
10.
13.
3
To
stop
the
mouthes
of
the
wicked
,
who
reioyce
at
our
falles
▪
Mich.
7.
8.
4
To
assure
vs
of
constancie
&
perseuerance
to
the
end
.
2.
Tim.
4
▪
18.
CHAP.
XIII
.
A
second
helpe
hereunto
is
,
FIrst
,
watchfulnes
ouer
our
hear●s
and
waies
that
they
may
continually
,
1
Hereby
we
are
prepared
to
tentations
Luc.
21.
34.
Mat.
13.
25.
2
Enabled
to
vndergoe
them
.
Ephes.
6.
3
And
to
haue
a
good
issue
out
of
them
.
Luc.
21.
36.
4
Without
this
our
whole
life
,
and
best
actions
,
are
either
rashnes
or
securitie
.
Pro.
28.
14.
5
By
it
we
attaine
,
certainty
and
resolution
in
wel-doing
.
Ephe.
6.
13.
6
We
preuent
some
euill
which
may
make
all
other
comforts
vnsauory
,
which
we
are
sure
to
looke
for
in
well
doing
.
Mat.
26.
41.
7
Hereby
the
other
graces
of
God
in
vs
are
much
beautified
and
encreased
.
8
And
our
infirmities
much
auoyded
or
couered
Psalm
.
119.
9.
9
The
best
without
it
haue
bin
deceiued
.
Genes.
3.
Dauid
,
2.
Samuel
12.
10
Hypocrisie
in
weldoing
and
spirituall
pride
is
preuented
or
mastered
.
11
Dulnes
and
wearisomenesse
also
in
good
things
is
much
holpen
.
12
And
so
we
prepared
happily
to
perfection
.
Now
this
watchfulnes
is
performed
1
And
especially
by
obseruing
the
heart
and
yoaking
it
.
2
In
keeping
vnder
the
outward
man
.
3
And
this
not
for
a
spurt
but
all
our
life
long
,
because
so
long
endures
the
combate
.
4
And
that
obseruing
and
suspecting
our
greatest
strength
.
1.
Cor.
10.
12.
5
Ayming
and
heeding
principally
the
sinnes
that
we
haue
most
delighted
in
.
Psal.
19.
Psal.
25.
6
Examining
the
best
graces
of
God
in
vs
,
lest
some
dead
flie
be
in
them
.
Pro.
28.
9.
Mat.
6.
Helpes
hereunto
are
:
1
The
glasse
of
the
Word
.
Psal.
2
Continual
feare
of
our selues
.
Pro.
28.
Phil.
2.
12.
3
To
haue
the
feare
of
God
continually
before
our
eyes
.
1.
Cor.
7.
1
4
Sobriety
in
our
knowledge
,
and
vse
of
outward
things
.
1.
Pet.
5.
Rom.
12.
3.
CHAP.
XIIII
.
FOurthly
,
Earnest
and
constant
prayer
vnto
God
to
vphold
vs
by
his
mightie
power
,
in
cheerefulnes
prouoking
one
another
to
holy
duties
.
Psal.
40.
4.
1
Publiquely
in
the
Congregations
.
2
In
priuate
as
well
with
our
families
,
as
in
our
closets
,
or
such
like
secret
recourse
.
Mat.
6.
Psal.
4.
Conditions
of
prayer
are
:
1
That
our
prayer
must
be
in
faith
without
doubting
.
Iam.
1.
6.
2
In
loue
,
forgiuing
one
another
.
Luc.
6.
&
praying
one
for
another
.
3
In
wisedome
,
praying
first
for
the
fauour
of
God
when
we
would
haue
any
blessing
,
and
when
wee
would
haue
an
euil
remoued
,
praying
for
the
forgiunes
of
sinne
,
which
is
the
cause
of
it
,
and
diuiding
the
times
for
prayer
and
our
callings
.
Dan.
6.
10.
4
In
zeale
and
feruency
from
the
heart
and
affection
.
1.
Cor.
14●
Iam.
5.
16.
5
In
constancy
and
patience
waiting
the
Lords
good
leisure
.
Psal.
40.
1.
Psa.
135.
Psa.
147.
6
In
humilitie
,
abasing
&
vilifying
our selues
before
the
Lord
.
Ge.
32.
7
With
thankesgiuing
vnto
God
for
all
his
mercies
.
Psalme
103.
1.
8
Renuing
our
vowes
and
promises
vnto
God
.
Psal.
116.
9
With
strong
cries
&
groanes
begging
the
pardon
of
our
own
sin
,
and
the
sin
of
the
Church
&
land
wherein
we
liue
.
Dan.
9.
10
Crauing
such
necessaries
for
our selues
and
others
,
with
a
holy
submitting
of
our selues
for
the
matter
,
manner
,
time
,
and
measure
to
the
will
of
God
.
Mat.
26.
42.
Thus
must
our
prayers
be
made
vnto
the
Lord
▪
and
by
them
we
shall
be
,
First
,
Much
strengthened
in
the
grace
of
perseuerance
.
Luke
22.
32.
as
also
.
2
Kept
in
the
vigor
and
power
of
our
Christian
life
.
Ephes.
6.
3
Experienced
in
our
sweet
fellowshippe
with
God
.
Romanes
8.
15.
4
Our
spirituall
armour
alwaies
fitted
and
exercised
.
Ephes.
6.
5
Our
daily
wants
supplied
or
recompensed
.
Iames
1.
5.
2.
Corint.
12.
6
Tentations
conquered
;
and
happily
diminished
Mat.
4.
7
All
our
occasions
well
seasoned
&
turned
to
our
good
1.
Timo.
4.
8
Our
whole
life
sanctified
,
and
we
prepared
comfortably
to
a
better
.
Phil.
1.
19.
CHAP.
XV.
AND
thus
beeing
prepared
,
wee
are
ready
for
sweete
Peace
with
God
either
to
lay
our selues
downe
therwith
in
peace
to
our
sweete
repose
,
or
to
yeeld
vp
our
liues
with
ioy
vnto
the
hands
of
our
redeemer
.
Psal.
4.
8.
Acts
7.
59.
1.
Cor.
1.
7.
And
this
is
the
last
duety
daily
to
be
performed
of
vs
:
and
this
peace
is
principally
to
be
laboured
to
vs
;
Because
,
1
We
must
respect
not
so
much
what
we
haue
done
,
2
Heereby
wee
shall
with
courage
go
forward
,
and
be
comforte●
in
the
imperfection
of
our
actio●●2
.
Cor.
8.
3
We
shal
obtaine
&
maintain●
that
vnspeakeable
ioy
of
the
hol●
Ghost
in
our
hearts
,
Phil.
4.
4.
&
auoyd
the
contrary
sadnes
and
distraction
which
proceedes
from
want
of
this
peace
.
4
We
shall
refresh
the
graces
of
God
in
commending
them
thus
with
our selues
to
the
peace
of
God
.
Now
this
duety
is
performed
and
blessing
obtained
:
1
By
performing
the
daily
duties
in
their
former
order
and
with
constancy
.
2
If
by
some
vrgent
occasion
or
tentation
we
haue
bin
interrupted
,
yet
to
returne
to
them
,
&
to
redouble
what
we
haue
omitted
the
next
day
3
And
this
to
be
done
not
superficially
with
wearisomnes
or
of
custome
,
but
determiately
&
for
conscience
sake
.
4
Examine
thy selfe
,
how
thou
couldest
one
houre
well
be
without
one
of
the
former
graces
,
as
without
the
comfort
of
the
remission
of
thy
sinnes
,
&c.
5
Iudge
and
earnestly
bewaile
thy selfe
,
if
thou
hast
either
omitted
or
sleightly
performed
any
of
these
.
6
Be
sure
so
to
performe
these
,
as
that
thou
doest
not
neglect
thy
calling
.
2.
Thess.
3.
12.
7
If
thou
hast
performed
them
in
some
poore
measure
,
yet
rest
not
in
it
,
but
labour
more
earnestly
with
God
for
a
further
grace
.
Phil.
3.
13.
8
And
yet
be
thankful
vnto
God
for
these
small
grapes
and
fruits
,
acknowledging
that
it
is
his
great
mercie
,
that
thou
canst
doe
any
thing
,
and
giuing
him
all
the
glorie
thereof
.
1.
Corinthians
.
15.
10.
And
thus
shalt
thou
bee
sure
to
obtaine
this
peace
of
God
.
And
hauing
obtained
it
,
thou
must
lie
downe
therewith
,
and
carie
it
with
thee
to
thy
bed
.
1
Because
thou
knowest
not
whether
thy
bed
shall
be
thy
graue
.
1.
Pet.
1.
24.
2
Thy
sleepe
heereby
shall
bee
much
sweeter
,
and
dreames
more
comfortable
.
Psal.
4.
8.
3
Thou
shalt
auoyd
nocturnall
pollutions
and
vncleannesses
.
4
Thy
reines
shall
teach
thee
in
the
night
season
,
and
the
darkenesse
shall
be
as
the
noone
day
.
Psa.
16.
7.
And
this
is
performed
:
1
By
resigning
vp
our selues
into
the
hands
of
God
.
2
Ascribing
vnto
him
the
glorie
of
all
the
good
we
haue
performed
.
Psal.
115.
1.
Esay
26.
12.
3
Acknowledging
our selues
to
bee
vnprofitable
seruants
,
if
God
should
enter
into
iudgement
with
vs
.
Luke
17.
10.
4
Crauing
earnest
pardon
of
our
imperfections
in
I●sus
Christ
,
and
laying
our selues
asleepe
in
his
bosome
.
1.
Iohn
1.
9.
5
Comforting
our selues
(
if
sense
of
faith
be
not
present
)
yet
with
former
experience
and
inward
habit
thereof
.
Psal.
22.
10.
6
Yeelding
vp
our selues
in
a
willingnes
to
death
,
in
full
expectation
of
the
life
to
come
.
Phil.
1.
20
,
23.
And
thus
guiding
our selues
by
these
former
rules
,
we
shal
lie
down
in
peace
,
and
so
shall
we
comfortably
performe
the
daily
sacrifice
.
And
thus
far
concerning
such
necessarie
dueties
,
as
we
are
bound
in
some
measure
daily
to
performe
.
CHAP.
XVI
.
FOR
our
better
encouragement
and
furtherance
heerein
;
1
That
being
conuinced
in
conscience
with
the
necessity
of
these
dueties
,
wee
purpose
and
solemnly
vow
vnto
the
Lord
the
attempting
and
prosecuting
thereof
.
Psal.
119.
106.
Psal.
119.
7.
2
That
God
principally
respects
the
purpose
of
the
heart
,
and
if
there
be
a
willing
mind
,
accepts
according
to
what
we
haue
,
and
requires
not
what
we
haue
not
.
2.
Cor.
8.
12.
3
That
we
giue
not
eare
to
the
flesh
pleading
noueltie
,
impossibility
,
&c.
Gal.
1.
16.
4
That
we
trie
the
Lord
,
who
is
wonderfull
in
blessing
the
vnfained
endeuours
of
his
children
.
Hag.
2.
Malachi
.
3.
10.
5
Then
let
vs
make
triall
at
first
in
one
of
these
,
and
grow
readie
therein
,
so
shall
we
with
more
willingnes
and
skilfullnes
proceed
in
the
rest
.
Iames
2.
10.
Iames
3.
2.
6
Let
vs
not
faile
to
meete
the
Lord
with
vnsayned
thankfulnes
,
when
we
see
him
comming
effectually
in
the
weak
performance
therof
.
Psal.
81.
7
And
so
condemne
and
prouoke
thy selfe
,
as
before
,
and
thou
shalt
see
(
by
Gods
mercie
)
a
good
crease
.
Yea
,
thou
shalt
not
onely
be
able
to
performe
these
duties
with
comfort
,
but
also
thou
shalt
be
able
to
entertaine
each
seuerall
occasions
of
the
day
,
to
Gods
glorie
,
thy
exceeding
profit
,
and
benefit
of
others
.
CHAP.
XVII
.
AND
this
is
the
second
part
of
this
daily
sacrifice
:
Namely
to
consecrate
our
daily
occasions
,
as
a
reasonable
sacrifice
vnto
God
.
Here
obserue
.
First
,
That
though
the
occasions
of
the
day
are
diuers
,
and
so
not
more
necessary
,
and
easily
to
be
directed
,
yet
some
principall
there
are
which
doe
vsually
occur
.
The
well
ordering
whereof
will
easily
informe
vs
,
in
the
holy
entertayning
of
the
rest
:
CHAP.
XVIII
.
And
these
Principall
are
:
FIrst
,
To
arise
with
God
,
1
Wee
maintaine
hereby
conconstancie
in
wel-doing
.
2
Wee
renue
that
soundnesse
wherewith
we
laie
downe
.
3
We
preuent
that
no
roote
of
bitternes
breake
out
at
the
first
.
4
We
prouide
for
our
more
setled
courses
all
the
day
after
,
and
so
begin
a
new
to
liue
the
daily
life
of
grace
.
5
Wee
make
our
hearts
mery
in
the
Lord
.
6
Wee
are
made
principally
more
apt
to
prayer
,
which
is
the
next
occasion
to
bee
entertayned
of
vs
.
This
is
performed
:
1
By
meditating
,
of
the
true
life
of
God
,
2
By
magnifying
our
sweete
repose
,
and
resting
in
the
bosome
of
Gods
protection
.
Psalme
3.
5.
3
Taking
occasion
by
the
light
that
appeareth
,
to
consider
of
the
armour
of
light
;
or
by
the
outward
darkenesse
that
compasseth
,
to
blesse
God
for
the
inward
light
and
to
mourne
for
the
ignorance
and
blindnes
that
is
yet
in
vs
,
yea
to
resolue
the
casting
away
of
the
workes
of
darkenesse
.
&c.
Rom.
13.
12.
4
Praysing
the
mercie
and
patience
of
the
Lord
,
that
yet
wee
liue
to
prayse
him
,
and
are
spared
to
make
our
election
more
sure
▪
and
thereto
especially
meditating
on
the
constancie
of
Gods
loue
toward
vs
.
Iohn
13.
1.
Psalme
19.
2.
Psal.
102.
27.
Ieremie
Lament.
3.
23.
And
this
is
furthered
if
wee
perceiue
dulnes
.
1
By
striuing
euen
in
the
night
when
wee
awake
,
2
By
opening
our
hearts
(
if
occasion
serue
)
to
our
chambersellow
,
if
such
fellowshippe
be
enioyed
,
and
so
shaming
of
our selues
Iacob
5.
3
By
auoyding
ouermuch
sleep
,
●ea
scanting
and
stinting
our selues
thereof
,
and
rowsing
vppe
our
selues
from
drousines
by
checking
our
hearts
and
complayning
of
them
to
our
blessed
God
.
Proue
.
24.
32.
33.
4
Taking
occasion
by
our
dreams
or
nocturall
infirmities
,
to
magnifie
Gods
mercie
,
that
it
is
not
so
as
we
dreamed
;
or
to
checke
our
infidelity
,
in
relying
superstiously
vpon
dreames
;
or
to
condemne
our
security
,
and
prophanenes
in
neglecting
them
vtterly
.
And
if
we
haue
beene
assaulted
,
with
terrors
and
corruptions
,
yet
either
they
haue
not
preuayled
,
or
shall
not
be
imputed
vnto
vs
.
5
Calling
to
mind
some
place
of
the
word
for
our
better
stirring
vp
,
as
Rom.
13.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Ephes.
5.
14.
1.
Thes.
5.
4.
5.
&c.
And
prouoking
our selues
by
the
examples
of
the
saints
,
who
haue
risen
early
to
prayse
the
Lord
.
Psal.
5.
34.
&c.
And
so
rising
with
the
Lord
,
we
shall
he
fitted
to
entertaine
the
next
speciall
occasion
of
the
day
:
Which
is●
Prayer
.
CHAP.
XIX
.
THE
necessity
and
right
vse
thereof
you
haue
before
;
Onely
here
obserue
these
points
for
direction
herein
:
As
First
,
That
howsoeuer
this
duety
of
praier
in
famil●es
be
neglected
,
Secondly
,
Sect.
2.
Often
to
be
performed
,
and
by
whom
.
That
not
once
,
but
oftentimes
in
the
day
wee
must
performe
the
same
.
Daniel
6.
10.
Thirdly
,
And
that
not
onely
in
priuate
in
our
closets
,
&c.
but
publiquely
with
our
families
.
Genes.
18.
19.
Iob
1.
5.
Fourthly
,
That
the
Master
of
the
familie
is
fittest
to
be
the
mouth
of
God
▪
for
his
people
,
as
beeing
therein
their
Priest
and
Prophet
.
Reuel.
1.
6.
Fiftly
,
That
to
this
end
,
set
times
are
to
be
appointed
and
kept
constantly
,
vnlesse
by
sickenes
or
other
more
inuincible
occasions
wee
be
interrupted
.
Sixtly
,
1
Fixing
our
hearts
on
God
,
and
meditating
of
his
power
and
Maiestie
,
to
worke
reuerence
in
vs
.
2
Looking
vnto
Iesus
the
author
and
finisher
of
our
faith
,
to
breede
affiance
.
Heb.
12.
2.
3
Considering
and
examning
our
wants
,
to
breede
humilitie
and
patience
.
Psal.
39.
Psal.
4.
6.
4
Excluding
worldly
●ares
which
may
hinder
deuction
.
Luke
8
Mat.
6.
5
Not
fretting
at
the
prospertity
of
the
wicked
.
Psal.
37.
1.
6
In
patience
,
bearing
the
wrongs
of
enemies
,
and
leauing
reuenge
to
God
.
Rom.
12.
7
Doing
al
things
as
in
Gods
presence
.
8
Auoyding
euill
for
conscience
sake
.
9
Meditating
still
on
the
day
of
iudgement
,
lest
we
be
vnfitted
or
interrupted
in
prayer
.
2.
Pet.
3.
2.
Cor.
5.
11.
7
Consider
wee
the
manifold
blessings
wee
haue
receiued
from
God
to
prouoke
vs
to
thankesgiuing
,
without
which
our
prayers
are
ineffectuall
.
Ephes.
6.
&c.
8
Here
it
is
requisite
that
wee
also
quicken
our
hearts
by
reading
,
and
meditating
twice
,
or
oftner
in
the
day
on
some
part
of
the
Scriptures
,
either
First
,
Taking
the
Scripture
in
order
before
vs
.
Nehemiah
8.
Acts
13.
Or
els
2
Vpon
extraordinarie
occasions
,
making
choice
of
fit
Scriptures
.
9
Bewaile
wee
seriously
our
neglect
of
closet
prayer
,
and
condemne
wee
our selues
for
our
lip-labour
and
customarie
deuotions
,
our
wearisomnesse
in
wel-doing
,
our
contentment
with
little
feelings
.
10
Renue
wee
our
vowes
for
more
often
&
conscionable
performance
hereof
.
11
Rest
we
especially
vpon
the
continuall
intercession
of
our
blessed
Aduocate
,
Iesus
Christ
,
who
continually
maketh
intercession
for
vs
,
and
is
now
both
praying
for
vs
,
and
readie
to
present
our
prayers
to
the
throne
of
grace
,
and
to
couer
all
the
infirmities
and
failings
of
them
.
12
Stirre
wee
vp
the
blessed
Spirit
(
as
before
)
which
may
helpe
vs
with
sighes
and
groanes
vn●peakeable
.
Rom.
8.
13
And
be
wee
well
aduised
of
the
particular
thing
we
desire
,
that
it
may
be
fit
for
God
to
giue
vs
,
and
vs
to
aske
for
our
present
occasion
.
Matth.
6.
Iames
4.
2.
Being
thus
prepared
,
we
must
powre
out
our
prayers
(
as
before
.
)
Auoyding
here
especially
:
1
Constraint
,
and
ceremoniousnesse
.
2
Customarinesse
,
praying
rather
for
the
times
sake
,
3
Conceit
of
the
wel-doing
hereof
in
regard
of
the
thing
done
.
4
Pride
and
ostentation
in
the
opinion
of
our
wel-doing
.
Matthew
6.
5
Lip-labour
and
idle
repetition
of
words
.
6
Confusion
and
disorder
,
praying
for
earthly
things
before
hea●enly
.
Mat.
6.
33.
7
Carnalnesse
,
when
wee
praie
more
for
earth
than
heauen
.
8
Hypocrisie
,
doing
it
to
bee
seene
of
men
.
Mat.
6.
9
Vncharitablenes
,
praying
for
re●enge
,
&c.
of
priuate
wrongs
.
Eccle.
●0
.
20.
Iam.
4.
7.
10
Wearisomnes
and
dulnesse
.
Gal.
6.
Exod.
15.
11
Hastinesse
and
rashnesse
,
as
●we
would
faine
haue
done
.
12
Presumption
,
begging
such
●●ings
as
are
not
seasonable
.
Luke
54.
or
beseeme
vs
not
.
13
Impietie
,
praying
for
indulence
in
sinne
;
or
indenting
with
God
,
and
limiting
him
to
our
will
,
●●helpe
vs
at
such
a
time
,
or
in
such
manner
.
Act.
1.
Dan.
4.
14
Infidelitie
,
when
wee
pray
without
the
assurance
of
the
acceptance
of
our
persons
,
which
is
the
case
of
all
popish
deuotion
.
Iac.
1.
6.
Obseruing
well
:
1
That
as
well
for
the
least
blessing
,
2
That
wee
measure
not
the
prayer
by
the
outward
successe
,
because
an
euill
prayer
may
bee
heard
in
anger
,
Osee
13.
and
a
good
deferred
in
mercie
:
Yea
a
good
prayer
,
though
in
much
weakenesse
,
may
be
granted
in
loue
,
Matthew
6.
to
keepe
vs
from
despaire
;
and
yet
a
more
strong
and
feruent
prayer
may
be
denied
in
greater
loue
,
both
to
humble
vs
that
wee
put
not
confidence
in
the
meanes
,
and
to
encourage
vs
to
constancie
therein
,
assuring
our selues
that
the
●ssue
of
our
prayers
shall
be
gratious
.
3
That
in
the
greatest
feeling
of
Gods
mercie
,
we
pray
against
tentations
.
Matth.
16.
4
That
we
especially
commend
vnto
God
the
afflicted
state
of
the
Church
,
and
desire
our
welfare
in
the
prosperitie
thereof
.
Psalme
122.
6.
Psal.
126.
5
That
we
redouble
our
sighes
and
prayers
,
not
suffering
any
repulse
.
Psal.
119.
164.
Matt.
15.
Gen.
32.
Gen.
18
,
&c.
Ephes.
6.
6
That
wee
highly
efteeme
of
the
thing
wee
pray
for
.
Matth.
5.
6.
7
That
we
finde
as
much
comfort
in
abiding
long
at
prayer
,
as
at
hearing
the
word
.
8
That
we
be
as
readie
to
praise
God
for
his
mercies
receiued
,
as
to
sue
for
the
obtaining
of
them
.
Psal.
116.
Luke
17.
12
,
18.
9
That
we
rebuke
our selues
in
our
prayers
,
and
relie
onely
vpon
Christ
.
The
benefit
hereof
is
manifold
:
1
We
renue
our
right
in
the
day
.
1.
Tim.
4.
4.
2
Wee
arme
our selues
against
tentations
.
Ephes.
6.
14.
15.
3
We
are
readie
for
any
good
that
shall
be
offered
vs
,
as
consolation
of
the
sick
,
conference
.
&c.
4
We
are
prest
to
do
al
things
in
the
sight
of
of
God
.
5
And
so
very
much
fitted
and
furthered
to
set
vpon
our
callings
.
CHAP.
XX.
ANd
this
is
the
next
maine
occurren●
that
falls
out
in
the
day
,
And
here
obserue
.
First
,
that
to
walke
in
a
set
calling
for
the
common
good
,
is
the
ordinance
of
God
imposed
on
euery
Christian.
And
that
:
1
To
communicate
Gods
prouidence
in
the
gouernment
of
the
world
.
2
To
maintaine
a
comely
order
in
the
administration
thereof
.
3
To
imploy
such
varietie
of
gifts
as
God
bestoweth
on
men
aright
.
4
To
maintaine
humane
societies
in
the
bond
of
peace
.
5
To
auoyde
idlenes
,
and
curiosity
.
6
To
preuent
errors
and
distraction
in
religion
.
7
To
fit
vs
to
the
ends
of
Gods
prouidence
.
8
That
God
may
be
glorified
in
ordering
such
infinite
varietie
of
callings
,
both
for
the
common
,
and
each
priuate
good
,
and
that
especially
for
the
life
to
come
.
And
this
serueth
:
1
To
teach
vs
to
trie
our
callings
by
this
,
that
they
haue
their
warrant
from
the
word
of
God
,
and
that
we
be
fitted
thereto
,
and
so
to
reiect
the
contrarie
.
2
To
sanctifie
our
callings
by
bounding
them
in
the
Lord
.
Ephes.
6.
1.
because
they
are
preserued
by
the
same
meanes
by
which
they
were
ordained
.
Secondly
learne
we
:
That
howsoeuer
callings
be
the
ordinance
of
God
,
1
By
the
ministerie
of
men
and
2
Our
owne
industrie
fitting
vs
thereto
.
3
Submitting
our selues
herein
to
the
rule
of
the
word
.
And
that
because
:
1
Extraordinary
callings
belonged
to
the
infancy
of
the
Church
and
times
of
extremity
,
&c.
2
We
haue
a
sure
word
better
then
any
such
extraordinary
reuelation
.
Heb.
1.
2.
Pet.
1.
3
The
prouidence
of
God
is
subordinate
to
meanes
.
5
God
hath
ordained
this
labor
to
humble
vs
,
and
withall
to
comfort
vs
in
the
right
and
vse
of
his
blessings
.
Eccles.
1.
And
this
serueth
:
1
To
reproue
presumption
vpon
extraordinary
callings
in
these
daies
,
and
corruption
in
the
obtaining
of
them
.
2
To
teach
vs
for
outward
callings
to
depend
vpon
the
meanes
which
God
hath
sanctified
thereto
,
Namely
;
1
The
authority
of
the
magistrate●
2
Our
fitnes
to
the
calling
.
3
And
it
fitnes
for
vs
.
3
To
condemne
those
that
vnder
pretence
of
Religion
reiect
humane
callings
.
4
And
also
to
reproue
such
who
wander
vp
and
downe
,
betaking
themselues
to
no
calling
.
5
To
conuince
also
those
that
thinke
callings
are
onely
appointed
to
get
blessings
,
whereas
indeede
they
both
serue
to
get
,
and
also
to
vse
aright
those
that
are
cast
vpon
vs
;
wherein
gentlemen
are
much
faultie
.
Thirdly
,
Obserue
we
:
That
though
it
be
the
ordinance
of
God
to
haue
a
calling
,
And
this
serueth
:
1
For
the
condemnation
of
those
that
when
they
are
in
a
calling
make
no
conscience
thereof
,
esteeming
it
rather
a
reward
of
former
seruice
,
then
a
place
of
further
seruice
.
2
For
our
instruction
,
that
wee
measure
the
worth
of
our
calling
by
the
right
vse
thereof
,
and
onely
in
the
same
expect
the
blessings
.
Now
that
we
may
vse
our
callings
aright
,
we
must
obserue
these
rules
:
First
,
1
That
each
one
by
profession
,
hath
a
general
calling
to
be
a
Christian
,
which
excludes
not
,
but
orders
the
ciuill
calling
.
1.
Cor.
2.
20.
2
That
the
calling
which
God
hath
placed
vs
in
,
is
fittest
for
vs
.
Phil.
4.
And
this
serueth
:
1
Much
for
the
maintenance
of
order
,
and
the
auoyding
of
confusion
in
church
and
common-wealth
.
2
To
preuent
idlenes
and
distraction
in
our
callings
.
3
To
secure
vs
of
good
successe
therein
.
Thirdly
,
Learne
we
,
That
all
our
actions
bee
warranted
by
our
callings
,
as
kept
within
the
compasse
thereof
.
And
that
because
:
1
Else
they
are
not
done
in
saith
,
and
so
cannot
please
God
.
He.
11.
2.
3
They
doe
exclude
themselues
out
of
the
protection
of
the
almightie
.
Psal.
91.
And
this
serueth
:
1
To
condemne
al
busie
bodies
and
presumptuous
vsurpers
of
other
mens
callings
,
vpon
what
pretence
soeuer
.
2.
Sam.
6.
Ioh.
21.
21.
1.
Pet.
4.
2
To
discerne
of
the
integritie
of
our
actions
;
because
euen
a
good
action
not
warranted
by
a
calling
,
is
sinne
.
3
To
instruct
vs
,
that
though
we
see
no
likel●hood
of
doing
good
,
yet
we
must
not
draw
backe
so
farre
as
our
calling
requireth
.
Ier.
1.
20.
19.
Ezech.
2.
5.
Esay
.
6.
&c.
4
To
aduise
vs
how
we
may
not
buse
Gods
prouidence
,
and
so
expose
our selues
to
his
iustice
.
5
To
comfort
vs
in
the
ill
successe
of
our
endeauours
,
when
wee
haue
done
what
becommeth
vs
for
the
redresse
thereof
,
that
our
labour
shall
not
bee
in
vaine
.
1.
Cor.
15.
Esay
.
49.
3.
Fourthly
learne
we
;
That
together
with
the
following
of
our
earthly
callings
,
we
must
ioyne
the
generall
calling
of
Christianitie
:
because
,
1
In
seruing
of
man
wee
must
serue
God
.
2
And
in
prouiding
for
this
life
,
we
must
also
store
vp
for
heauen
.
Luke
15
▪
and
3
These
things
will
not
prosper
vnles
the
better
plough
go
to
.
Ag.
1.
And
this
serueth
:
1
To
condemne
those
that
prophane
their
callings
by
neglecting
the
more
necessarie
.
2
To
trie
our
estate
in
grace
.
3
To
comfort
vs
in
our
base
callings
,
because
God
may
as
well
be
serued
in
these
as
in
the
greatest
,
and
4
To
humble
men
in
euery
calling
,
the
mightie
,
who
thinke
their
calling
either
must
not
stoope
to
religion
,
or
hath
no
leisure
there
to
:
the
poore
,
who
thinke
their
want
to
be
a
priuiledge
from
following
their
spirituall
callings
.
Fiftly
,
Obserue
we
,
That
whatsoeuer
shall
be
sufficient
for
the
right
vse
of
our
callings
,
shall
be
reuealed
vnto
vs
from
the
word
,
&
thence
to
be
warranted
.
Ac.
9.
And
that
because
:
1
God
is
as
well
the
ordainer
of
the
meanes
,
as
of
the
end
.
2
And
in
his
loue
he
will
haue
vs
certaine
what
to
doe
.
3
And
heereby
presumption
and
distraction
are
happily
preuented
.
And
this
serueth
:
1
To
trie
the
fitnes
and
blessing
of
our
callings
.
2
To
humble
vs
in
rega●d
of
our
ignorance
and
presumption
.
3
To
comfort
vs
if
through
want
or
ignorance
we
may
faile
in
some
point
,
be
cause
all
is
not
reuealed
at
once
,
and
to
assure
vs
of
good
successe
therein
.
Psal.
73.
4
To
prouoke
vs
to
seeke
after
knowledge
as
after
treasures
.
Prouerbs
2.
5
To
teach
vs
not
to
presume
vpon
good
meanings
and
intentions
in
our
actions
.
1.
Sam.
13.
6
To
condemne
all
rash
and
licentious
actions
whatsoeuer
.
Sixtly
,
We
must
be
resolued
:
That
our
callings
are
imposed
,
not
to
merite
by
them
,
but
to
bee
humbled
and
exercised
in
them
,
in
thankefulnes
vnto
God
,
for
his
loue
vnto
vs
in
Iesus
Christ
.
And
that
because
,
1
Christ
Iesus
hath
sufficiently
deserued
for
vs
,
and
so
we
shall
derogate
from
his
sufficiency
.
2
God
doth
not
require
it
at
our
hands
.
Esay
1.
3
We
are
neuer
able
to
performe
it
,
but
euen
when
we
haue
done
all
we
can
,
wee
are
vnprofitable
seruants
.
Luke
17.
10.
And
this
,
1
Condemneth
all
Popish
and
voluntarie
seruice
.
2
It
encourageth
vs
in
our
callings
,
seeing
God
requireth
but
what
we
can
,
nay
,
what
he
giues
.
3
It
comforteth
vs
in
our
imperfections
,
and
taketh
away
that
flauish
feare
of
hirelings
and
mercenaries
.
4
It
assureth
vs
of
our
saluation
.
Seuenthly
,
Learne
we
,
That
though
we
faile
in
the
best
,
yet
notwithstanding
we
must
not
faile
to
doe
our
best
in
our
callings
.
And
that
,
1
By
this
faithfulnes
,
wee
may
witnes
that
our
callings
are
sanctified
vnto
vs
,
in
our
obedience
to
God
in
them
.
2
That
they
may
be
meanes
of
our
enioying
of
heauen
.
1.
Tim.
6.
19.
3
That
we
may
be
also
possessers
of
greater
glorie
in
the
heauens
.
Mat.
25.
26.
&c.
And
this
serueth
:
1
To
condemne
al
time-seruing
,
and
customary
in
our
callings
.
Eph.
6.
5
,
6.
2
Wee
are
prouoked
to
striue
with
the
best
for
the
best
gaine
,
&
in
these
things
to
seek
after
heauen
.
And
this
is
done
:
By
walking
in
our
callings
by
faith
and
not
by
feare
,
that
so
both
our
persons
and
actions
may
bee
approued
.
And
this
is
knowne
:
1
Being
warranted
from
the
word
,
in
what
we
do
,
or
intend
.
2.
Pet.
1.
2
Our
consciences
conuinced
from
the
word
to
the
same
:
and
also
3
Witnessing
with
vs
in
what
we
doe
.
And
that
,
1
With
cheerefulnes
,
not
making
hast
to
be
rich
,
but
casting
our
care
vpon
God
,
and
committing
the
successe
to
him
.
1.
Pet.
5.
Eccle.
9.
9.
2
With
diligence
,
redeeming
the
time
,
and
entertaining
the
meanes
of
Gods
prouidence
,
and
not
being
wilfully
guilty
of
the
neglect
thereof
.
Ephe.
3.
16.
17.
3
In
wisedome
,
doing
the
most
necessary
duety
and
submitting
alwaies
these
earthly
callings
to
the
furtherance
of
the
heauenly
,
and
expressing
our
spiritual
calling
,
euen
in
the
vse
of
this
,
&
so
auoyding
negligence
that
we
be
not
intangled
with
couetousnes
.
4
In
loue
&
meeknes
,
making
others
partakers
of
the
benefit
of
our
labours
.
5
In
patience
,
not
tying
God
so
much
to
the
outward
blessing
of
our
labors
,
as
contenting
our selues
with
the
testimony
of
our
good
conscience
therein
.
Heb.
13.
18.
6
With
conscience
,
doing
that
which
may
be
most
profitable
to
Church
&
Common-weale
:
wherby
are
condemned
all
vaine
,
and
new fangled
inuentions
,
as
rather
maintaining
sin
,
then
breeding
any
good
to
the
Common-wealth
.
Zeph.
1.
Esay
3.
19.
20.
7
In
holines
,
sanctifying
them
daily
by
the
word
&
praier
.
1.
Tim.
4.
5.
8
With
constancy
,
loboring
against
ambition
,
enuy
,
&
impatiency
,
and
assuring
our selues
that
our
meanest
endeuours
shal
be
accepted
in
Iesus
Christ
.
9
To
the
glory
of
God
,
ayming
at
it
in
all
things
,
and
preferring
it
aboue
all
1.
Cor.
10.
31.
Admit●ing
here
these
considerations
:
1
That
we
are
not
bound
to
our
callings
any
longer
then
meanes
&
maintenance
is
supplied
,
but
that
in
this
respect
we
may
leaue
or
change
our
callings
;
yea
,
for
the
publick
good
also
the
caling
may
be
changed
2
That
we
may
intermit
our
calings
.
And
that
,
1
For
Religions
sake
,
as
to
heare
the
word
,
&c.
vnlesse
some
bond
of
couenant
,
or
necessary
present
occasion
come
betweene
.
2
We
may
also
intermit
our
callings
to
serue
the
publicke
good
,
or
to
minister
to
the
present
and
vrgent
necessity
of
our
neighbour
,
our
present
case
allowing
it
.
3
Recreation
also
requires
a
vacancie
from
our
callings
.
So
that
1
Our
recreation
bee
in
things
lawfull
.
2
That
it
be
moderate
.
3
And
that
vpon
the
daies
of
labor
.
4
That
it
further
not
onely
the
particular
,
but
the
generall
calling
.
Fourthly
,
Necessitie
also
may
impose
a
surceasing
of
our
calling
.
As
when
:
1
By
sicknes
we
are
detayned
,
or
some
such
inuincible
casualtie
.
Thirdly
,
we
must
resigne
vp
our
callings
.
And
that
:
1
When
God
cals
by
death
.
2
When
other
meanes
warranted
by
the
conscience
,
guided
by
the
word
do
,
require
and
:
that
,
3
With
testimonie
of
a
good
conscience
.
1.
Sam.
12.
3.
4
By
giuing
vp
our
account
for
them
vnto
the
great
iudge
.
Heb.
13.
Thus
are
wee
to
performe
our
callings
.
The
benefite
whereof
is
exceeding
great
.
1
Hereby
wee
shall
be
sure
to
be
fed
.
Psal.
37.
2
We
shall
be
better
fitted
to
our
generall
callings
.
3
We
shall
lay
vp
a
good
foundation
for
heauen
.
1.
Tim.
6.
19.
4
We
shal
exercise
herein
many
spirituall
graces
.
1.
Cor.
7.
as
patience
,
faithfulnes
,
&c.
5
Hereby
we
shal
perceiue
Gods
power
,
and
holines
,
euen
in
these
base
and
meane
things
,
and
bee
prouoked
to
seeke
him
in
greater
blessings
.
Mat.
6.
6
We
shall
be
humbled
,
and
so
prouoked
to
hunger
after
our
dissolution
.
And
thus
farre
concerning
our
behauiour
in
our
callings
.
CHAP.
XXII
.
THe
next
maine
incident
to
the
day
,
And
these
are
of
two
sorts
.
1
Such
as
serue
for
the
necessary
preseruation
of
life
,
as
food
,
apparell
.
2
Such
as
serue
especially
for
the
better
being
of
the
soule
,
as
company
.
Concerning
food
and
sustenance
,
obserue
these
rules
.
1
That
euery
creature
is
good
,
and
that
there
is
no
more
holines
in
the
one
,
than
in
the
other
.
1.
Tim.
4.
5.
〈◊〉
,
though
each
Christian
hath
a
right
to
all
the
creatures
,
yet
is
he
to
be
restrayned
in
the
vse
of
them
.
And
that
by
these
limits
:
1
The
bond
of
Religion
,
which
enioynes
some
times
an
intire
abstinence
from
the
creature
,
that
so
we
might
be
better
fitted
to
spirituall
duties
.
1.
Tim.
5.
23.
1.
Pe.
5.
8.
Ion.
3.
2
The
bond
of
Christian
policie
may
restraine
vs
the
vse
of
some
creatures
on
some
daies
,
for
the
benefit
of
the
Common-wealth
,
to
which
we
ought
to
obey
for
conscience
sake
.
Rom.
13.
5.
3
The
bond
of
nature
restraines
vs
that
we
may
not
eat
but
for
necessitie
.
Eccles.
10.
16.
Mat.
12.
1.
4
The
bond
of
conscience
and
equity
also
enioynes
vs
,
that
we
may
not
lawfully
eate
,
vnlesse
we
haue
labored
for
it
.
2.
Thess.
3.
12.
5
The
bond
of
our
callings
binds
vs
so
to
eate
,
as
our
Chr●stian
calling●
may
be
furthered
and
out
Ciuil
callings
will
maintaine
.
1.
Tim.
5.
8.
6
The
bond
of
Charity
will●s
vs
not
to
eat
our
morsels
alone
,
but
to
prouide
and
reserue
somewhat
for
the
poore
.
Iob
29.
31.
Psalme
16.
Neh.
8.
7
The
bond
of
Sobriety
restraines
●s
from
faring
deliciously
euery
day
,
&
from
far-fetcht
dainties
,
but
to
vse
our
liberty
as
if
we
vsed
it
not
,
auoiding
vnnecessary
prouocations
of
gluttony
.
Esay
5.
9.
10.
Luk.
16.
1.
Cor.
7.
23.
8
The
bond
of
contentment
,
which
wisheth
the
seruant
not
to
enuie
at
the
more
liberall
fare
of
his
Master
,
but
each
to
bee
content
with
the
portion
that
is
fit
for
him
.
1.
Tim.
6.
6
,
8.
Thirdly
,
we
are
to
renue
our
right
in
the
creature
by
daily
sanctifying
them
vnto
vs
by
the
word
&
praier
.
1.
Tim.
5.
1.
Sam.
9.
13.
And
that
:
1
By
acknowledging
our selues
vnworthy
of
them
.
Gen.
32.
10.
2
Giuing
God
the
glory
of
them
with
thanksgiuing
.
Mat.
26.
3
Seasoning
them
with
holy
and
religious
thoughts
,
and
cheerefull
yet
profitable
conference
.
Iudg.
14.
Luke
14.
4
Offering
the
strength
of
them
vnto
God
in
our
callings
.
The
benefit
hereof
is
:
1
We
shall
auoyd
superstition
,
and
that
damnable
doctrine
of
diuels
.
1.
Tim.
4.
2.
2
We
shall
be
better
enabled
to
spirituall
duties
.
Matt.
26.
30.
3
we
shall
vse
our
Christian
libertie
aright
.
Rom.
14.
4
Wee
shall
further
nature
to
grace
.
5
We
shall
eate
of
our
owne
,
and
so
be
blessed
.
Psal.
128.
1.
6
We
shal
prouide
safely
for
the
time
of
famine
,
and
eate
to
liue
.
Psa.
33.
19.
Psal.
37.
7
We
shall
make
vs
friends
of
this
Mammon
of
iniquitie
,
and
ease
our selues
wel
of
an
heauy
burthen
.
Euke
16.
8
We
shall
be
readie
to
die
,
and
prepared
to
the
meate
that
shall
endure
for
euer
.
Iohn
6.
27.
And
thus
much
concerning
our
food
.
CHAP.
XXII
.
AS
touching
company
,
First
,
The
kindes
of
company
,
which
are
,
Good
or
Bad.
Here
learne
,
First
,
To
discerne
good
and
euill
company
.
As
thus
:
First
,
Those
are
to
be
esteemed
good
,
1
Are
of
the
same
profession
with
vs
.
Ephes.
5.
11.
Psalme
15.
4.
2
Who
labour
to
holinesse
and
sincerity
of
life
.
Ephes.
5.
3
Who
suffer
with
vs
for
the
same
profession
.
4
Who
loue
the
Saints
,
and
long
of
the
appearance
of
Christ
Iesus
1.
Cor.
1.
2.
Thess.
3.
14.
Secondly
,
Those
are
to
be
accounted
euill
:
1
Who
speake
euil
of
the
power
of
profession
Iud.
2.
Pet.
2.
2
That
refuse
to
participate
in
the
meanes
of
holines
.
3
That
disgrace
profession
with
a
prophane
life
.
Ephe.
5.
6.
4
That
hate
to
be
reproued
,
and
continue
obstinate
in
their
sinne
.
Iohn
,
2.
Epist.
5
That
betray
and
persecute
the
saints
of
God
.
Mat.
10.
Secondly
,
Principally
to
make
choice
of
good
companie
.
Psal.
15.
Thirdly
,
obserue
we
,
That
wee
are
not
to
refuse
the
worst
companie
vpon
these
conditions
:
1
If
thy
calling
require
and
allow
thee
,
for
their
good
,
especially
being
sought
vnto
.
Matthew
3.
5.
Luk.
14.
1.
2
If
vpon
occasion
thou
fall
vpon
them
,
or
they
into
thy
companie
.
1.
Reg.
18.
Act.
17.
17.
3
If
they
be
in
any
extremitie
thou
art
to
seeke
to
them
.
Luke
10.
33.
4
So
thou
doe
not
returne
to
them
,
Fourthly
,
learne
how
to
behaue
thy selfe
in
companie
.
Concerning
good
company
there
are
these
rules
:
1
Christian
Salutation
and
greeting
each
other
in
the
Lord
.
Ruth
.
2.
2
To
be
large
hearted
,
and
offer
the
most
pretious
pearls
vnto
them
.
Math.
13.
3
To
vse
among
them
more
cherefulnesse
and
familiaritie
.
4
To
exhort
one
another
to
constancie
.
Heb.
3.
14.
5
To
reproue
each
other
for
knowne
or
suspected
infirmities
.
Leuit.
19.
17.
Gal.
2.
11.
13.
6
Taking
occasion
by
some
present
blessing
or
iudgement
,
to
prouoke
to
repentance
,
or
thankefulnesse
.
Gen.
33.
11.
Gen.
49.
9.
15.
7
Ioyning
together
in
prayer
,
at
lest
once
before
breaking
vp
.
Ephesians
6.
8
Aduising
each
other
for
outward
occasions
,
but
sparinglie
.
Phil.
Epist.
2.
Tim.
4.
13.
23.
9
Commending
each
other
to
their
priuate
remembrances
.
Ephes.
6.
19.
Act.
20.
32.
10
In
their
conference
to
keepe
an
holie
order
,
that
the
grauest
,
and
most
experienced
may
both
begin
and
moderate
,
without
interruption
or
preiudice
of
any
ones
gifts
.
1.
Cor.
14.
Iob.
32.
4.
The
end
and
vse
of
good
company
is
:
1
To
draw
vnderstanding
out
of
them
by
conference
.
2
To
receiue
comfort
in
our
inward
and
outward
troubles
.
Ruth
2.
13.
3
To
be
merry
and
cheerefull
in
the
Lord
.
Psal.
32.
11.
4
To
maintaine
loue
and
Christian
vnity
.
Psal.
133.
1.
5
To
nourish
our
hope
and
vnion
in
the
fellowshippe
whcih
is
aboue
.
Col.
1.
5.
Now
good
company
is
either
:
Set
&
appointed
;
or
occasionall
.
Set
company
is
to
either
spiritual
or
ciuill
ends
.
That
which
is
to
spirituall
ends
is
either
,
1
Publique
.
2
Priuate
.
The
set
publique
meetings
of
the
Saints
are
of
two
sorts
:
1
Principall
and
necessary
.
2
Accessory
and
occasionall
.
The
Principall
meetings
are
such
which
doe
immediatly
concerne
and
are
so
imployed
in
the
worship
of
God
.
And
these
are
:
First
,
The
weekely
meetings
on
the
Sabbath
.
And
herein
obserue
these
rules
:
First
,
That
we
prepare
each
other
thereto
,
by
1
Counsell
,
and
2
Encouragement
.
3
Examining
our
wants
,
and
4
Labouring
to
bee
found
in
Christ
.
Eccles.
4.
Phil.
3.
5
With
prayer
for
the
ministery
of
the
word
.
Col.
4.
6
Instructing
our
families
.
2.
Thesse
.
3.
and
7
Condemning
our
former
abuse
of
the
Sabbath
.
8
Renuing
our
vowes
for
more
conscionable
obedience
for
the
time
to
come
;
and
lastly
,
meditating
on
the
eternall
Sabbath
.
Secondly
,
That
we
come
together
to
the
assemblies
,
&
not
stragle
but
that
we
may
be
partakers
of
the
whole
worship
of
GOD
.
Actes
13.
44.
Thirdly
,
that
wee
vse
all
holy
and
reuerend
gesture
to
further
attention
to
the
holy
things
,
as
to
stand
vp
,
to
look
vpon
the
preacher
,
&c.
Luk.
4.
20.
Num.
23.
18.
4
That
wee
faile
not
priuatelie
to
stire
vp
one
another
(
as
we
perceiue
dulnes
)
to
watchfulnes
&
heed-taking
,
by
iogging
,
&c.
5
That
we
ioine
with
the
congregation
in
such
parts
of
Gods
worship
as
then
are
presently
performing
1.
Cor.
14.
Act.
20.
36.
6
That
wee
continue
out
the
performance
thereof
,
wayting
for
the
blessing
,
vnlesse
more
vrgent
occasion
call
away
.
Mathew
24.
20.
7
That
we
confere
with
our
families
and
neighbours
some
few
together
,
of
such
lessons
as
we
haue
publiquely
heard
,
desiring
to
be
satisfied
by
our
minister
of
doubtfull
points
.
Act.
17.
8
That
we
count
this
our
onely
recreation
for
this
day
to
build
vp
the
soule
in
knowledge
and
holinesse
.
Esay
.
58.
13.
Hitherto
serue
the
priuate
exercises
.
As
1
Sanctifying
our selues
daily
in
the
familie
,
by
prayer
and
instruction
of
our
people
.
Genesis
18.
19.
Act.
10.
2
Examination
of
our selues
,
&
people
concerning
the
publique
ministerie
and
triall
of
our
profiting
thereby
.
3
Our
soliloquies
and
secret
conferences
with
God
;
and
these
are
either
set
,
or
sudden
,
vpon
the
extraordinarie
occasion
.
The
vse
hereef
is
:
1
That
without
these
we
must
not
looke
for
any
benefite
in
the
publique
.
2
By
these
we
shall
be
enabled
thereto
,
and
assured
of
a
blessing
therein
.
A
Second
publique
meeting
for
Gods
worship
,
solemnities
of
thankesgiuing
for
extraordinarie
blessings
receiued
.
Exod.
15.
Hest.
9.
Est.
8.
&c.
And
these
are
to
be
performed
:
1
By
the
lawfull
authoritie
of
the
Christian
Magistrate
.
2
They
are
to
bee
kept
as
Sabboths
,
with
,
1
Like
preparation
.
2
Cessation
from
worke
.
3
Contribution
to
the
poore
,
&
4
Spirituall
exercise
of
the
word
and
prayer
.
1.
Cor.
16.
2.
Hest.
9.
5
Onely
here
may
be
a
more
liberall
vse
of
Gods
creatures
,
in
regard
of
inuitation
of
the
poore
,
and
enlarging
of
Christian
liberty
vpon
the
occasion
.
1.
Samu.
9.
23
,
24.
Gen.
21.
8.
6
These
are
so
be
kept
,
that
wee
be
fitted
and
prepared
thereby
,
to
other
the
like
dueties
of
thankesgiuing
vpon
priuate
occasions
,
not
that
the
performance
hereof
should
make
amends
,
and
cut
off
these
.
Luke
16.
Esth.
1.
7
That
herein
we
auoyd
:
1
Customarines
.
2.
Pet.
2.
13.
2
Opinion
of
merit
.
3
Superstition
.
Iud
12.
and
4
Wil-worship
Col.
2.
16
,
21.
A
third
publique
spirituall
meeting
,
And
here
obserue
:
1
The
Author
,
2
The
occasion
,
1
The
ouerflowing
of
sinne
,
threatning
some
grieuous
iudgment
.
2
Some
iudgement
threatned
,
either
by
the
word
,
or
by
some
visible
signe
.
2.
Chron.
20.
Ion.
3.
Ioel
2.
Est.
4.
3
Some
chastisement
that
is
vpon
the
land
.
4
When
any
special
good
is
to
be
done
for
Church
or
common-weale
.
Exod.
19.
Act.
13.
3.
5
When
we
feare
the
remoueall
of
some
great
blessings
,
as
the
word
,
&c.
6
When
we
see
the
like
occasions
in
our
neighbours
,
we
are
also
for
their
cause
to
be
humbled
.
Psal.
35.
Thirdly
,
Consider
we
the
manner
how
the
duety
of
fasting
is
to
bee
performed
.
And
that
,
1
For
the
Solemnity
of
it
must
bee
kept
as
a
Sabbath
.
Esay
.
58.
Zach.
7.
2
Here
must
be
an
abstinence
,
for
the
time
from
all
meates
,
and
all
lawfull
comforts
,
as
thereby
acknowledging
our selues
vnworthie
of
life
,
vnles
we
shal
hereby
be
vnfitted
to
prayer
.
Ioel
2.
13.
14.
3
We
must
also
come
before
the
Lord
as
beggers
,
in
our
meanest
attire
,
as
a
signe
of
our
humilitie
:
Ioh.
3.
Est.
4.
4
Here
must
be
a
more
solemne
and
particular
confession
of
sinne
,
both
in
generall
and
particular
,
with
more
strong
cries
and
grones
to
obtaine
pardon
for
the
same
,
as
also
a
more
publique
profession
of
our
faith
,
and
apprehension
of
Gods
fauour
in
Iesus
Christ
.
Dan.
9.
6.
7.
&
Io●l.
2.
Fourthly
,
Fiftly
learne
we
the
true
vse
and
end
of
fasting
.
Which
is
:
1
Not
to
place
religion
in
the
bodily
abstinence
,
but
to
vse
it
as
a
meanes
to
further
religion
.
Ioel
2.
13.
Matt.
6.
2
Gods
heauy
wrath
hath
hereby
beene
appeased
,
and
iudgements
kept
out
,
and
remoued
,
yea
turned
into
blessings
,
Iudges
20.
Ionas
3.
And
thus
farre
of
the
publique
vse
of
spirituall
sociei●e
.
The
priuate
followeth
,
which
is
seene
:
1
In
the
priuate
exercise
of
religion
in
our
families
,
as
Prayer
,
Chatechising
,
reading
of
the
word
,
Meditation
.
1
In
priuate
fasts
and
thankesgiuings
for
familie
and
personall
occasions
.
Wherein
obserue
:
1
That
they
are
to
be
performed
by
the
authoritie
of
the
master
of
the
familie
.
2
That
they
are
to
be
kept
as
Sabbaths
.
3
That
what
is
allowable
in
the
publick
may
here
be
faultie
,
namely
shew
and
ostentation
of
that
openly
which
we
doe
in
priuate
.
Matth.
6.
Thirdly
,
Spiritual
society
is
seene
in
holy
conferences
,
and
that
First
,
Betweene
the
Minister
and
his
flocke
.
Here
obserue
:
1
To
auoyd
curious
and
high
speculations
.
2
To
reason
of
such
things
as
concerne
each
others
state
.
3
And
that
not
so
much
for
desire
of
knowledge
as
for
conscience
sake
.
4
And
that
with
al
readines
,
and
lowlines
of
mind
.
5
And
to
resolue
our selues
and
others
.
6
That
God
may
be
glorified
.
Secondly
,
Here
obserue
,
1
That
the
elder
haue
the
former
place
of
speech
.
2
That
hee
despise
not
the
aduice
and
opinion
of
the
inferiour
.
Iob
31.
3
That
each
be
submitted
to
other
in
the
Lord
,
the
stronger
submitting
himselfe
to
the
capacity
of
the
weake
;
and
the
weaker
yeelding
to
the
reason
of
the
stronger
.
Thirdly
,
Here
learne
,
1
That
some
priority
for
order
sake
is
to
be
vsed
,
and
that
to
be
giuen
in
respect
of
the
best
gifts
.
2
Contention
must
be
auoyded
by
wise
bearing
with
each
other
.
3
And
also
order
kept
in
attending
each
others
speech
.
And
4
Wisdom
to
preuent
idle
talke
,
and
labour
the
resolution
of
each
necessary
doubt
.
In
all
these
Conferences
generally
obserue
these
rules
:
1
That
we
conferre
of
our
own
principally
,
2
That
wee
auoyd
as
much
as
may
be
worldlines
,
&c.
3
That
we
conferre
of
spirituall
things
seasonably
,
and
within
compasse
.
4
That
though
it
be
lawfull
to
speake
of
things
indifferent
,
yet
wee
make
choice
to
speake
of
what
directly
concernes
holines
.
5
That
wee
meddle
not
with
State
,
or
secret
Domesticall
occasions
.
6
That
we
intend
Gods
glorie
and
each
others
profit
.
7
That
we
be
swift
to
heare
and
slow
to
speake
.
Iam.
5.
The
triall
of
holy
conference
is
this
:
1
That
if
our
desire
of
profiting
others
grow
cold
through
carnall
ioy
,
then
we
are
to
suspect
that
ioy
.
Ioh.
4.
Act.
20.
2
That
either
both
depart
better
hereby
,
or
else
wee
at
the
Ieast
haue
the
testimony
of
a
good
conscience
herein
,
and
giue
not
ouer
the
hope
of
good
successe
.
3
That
we
so
part
from
company
,
that
wee
be
fit
to
be
alone
.
Mat.
14.
23.
And
thus
farre
of
the
spirituall
vse
of
society
concerning
principally
the
worship
of
God
.
The
Accessorie
meetings
concerning
Religion
follow
:
Such
as
tend
to
the
furtherance
thereof
.
And
that
,
1
In
the
establishing
of
the
truth
.
2
Conuincing
of
error
.
And
these
are
either
,
More
generall
:
1
Such
as
are
the
general
Councels
and
Synods
,
appointed
and
gathered
by
the
Christian
Magistate
,
for
the
maintenance
of
true
Religion
,
and
the
rooting
out
of
heresies
.
Here
obserue
these
rules
:
1
That
the
Christian
Magistrate
is
the
chiefe
moderator
.
2
The
word
of
God
must
bee
the
rule
and
iudge
.
3
The
end
must
be
to
maintaine
the
vnity
of
the
spirit
in
the
bond
of
peace
.
Ephe.
4.
Secondly
,
Hitherto
appertaine
;
1
The
schooles
of
the
Prophets
,
Ie.
1.
1.
Amo.
7.
14.
Act.
6.
9.
2.
Reg.
2.
15.
2
Religious
feasts
tending
to
nourish
the
fellowship
of
the
Saints
.
Iud.
3
Contributions
&
collections
for
the
poore
.
Thus
farre
of
the
Spirituall
vse
of
society
.
The
ciuill
followeth
,
1
State
assembles
to
determine
for
the
good
of
the
body
politick
.
2
Corporations
and
Brother-hoods
of
Cities
and
Townes
concerning
the
right
vse
of
Trades
and
Mysteries
.
Thirdly
,
Contracts
or
bargaines
,
which
must
be
with
these
conditions
:
1
That
wee
vse
no
deceit
either
in
word
or
deede
,
to
entrappe
or
ouer-rate
.
2
That
our
agreements
be
plaine
without
cunning
,
and
voluntarie
without
catching
.
3
That
promise
be
kept
vnlesse
with
consent
on
either
side
.
4
Mercie
must
be
shewed
,
if
we
haue
our
brother
at
an
aduantage
.
Fourthly
,
Ciuill
societie
may
fall
out
in
Sutes
and
Controuersies
.
Here
obserue
,
1
That
these
hinder
not
our
spirituall
society
in
the
worshippe
of
God
.
2
Neither
impeach
other
ordinarie
kindnesses
,
which
ought
to
passe
betweene
neighbours
.
3
But
rather
wee
should
suffer
wrong
then
fal
to
these
sutes
.
1.
Cor.
6.
4
And
seeke
wee
after
al
meanes
of
priuate
agreement
.
5
That
wee
delay
not
sutes
to
wearie
out
our
brother
.
6
Much
lesse
by
bribery
seeke
to
ouerthrow
a
good
cause
.
7
But
to
ouercome
euill
with
good
,
seeking
peace
and
ensuing
it
.
A
fourth
vse
of
society
is
for
recreation
.
Here
obserue
:
1
That
we
be
as
carefull
to
vse
our
recreation
a
right
,
as
to
haue
libertie
in
it
.
2
That
we
make
choice
of
a
fit
time
,
when
wee
haue
neede
,
by
reason
of
wearisomnesse
in
our
callings
.
3
Looke
we
vp
still
to
God
for
continency
in
the
vse
of
our
liberty
.
4
Our
kinds
of
recreation
must
be
honest
&
of
good
report
.
Ph.
4.
8.
5
We
must
vse
great
moderation
of
our
affection
therein
.
6
We
must
be
content
to
leaue
off
when
by
hope
of
gaine
or
company
we
see
the
abuse
creeping
on
.
1.
Thes.
5.
22.
7
Our
company
must
be
sutable
,
such
as
we
may
order
;
nay
,
such
as
may
moderate
vs
.
8
Wee
must
not
be
ouer-tired
with
our
pleasures
,
but
made
more
fit
both
for
our
earthly
and
spiritual
callings
.
A
fift
vse
of
society
,
is
in
loue
feasts
,
vsuall
for
publique
meetings
,
and
not
vnfit
among
neighbours
to
maintaine
peace
&
amity
.
But
here
we
must
keepe
these
bounds
:
1
That
these
feasts
be
not
frequented
on
the
Sabbath
day
.
Neh.
13.
15.
16.
2
In
them
not
the
priuate
but
the
publick
good
must
be
intended
.
3
Religion
must
be
the
square
and
moderator
of
them
all
,
And
4
The
end
must
be
Gods
glory
.
1.
Cor.
10.
31.
And
thus
farre
concerning
set
assemblies
.
There
followeth
occasionall
:
Such
as
are
by
accident
.
1
That
our
principall
desire
and
scope
be
to
sort
with
the
better
.
Ps.
16.
3.
2
That
we
make
not
choice
willinglie
of
euill
company
.
Prouer.
22.
23
,
24.
3
That
if
by
occasion
,
as
at
meate
,
Here
we
must
auoyd
;
Hardning
them
in
their
sinne
,
by
light
familiarity
,
vaine
applauding
,
or
winking
at
them
,
but
rather
we
are
to
reproue
,
if
not
by
word
,
yet
by
behauiour
.
Luke
14.
7.
2
We
must
not
deiect
them
by
our
disdaineful
or
imperious
behauiour
.
2.
The.
3.
15.
1.
Tim.
2.
25
,
29.
3
Neither
enrage
them
by
vnseasonable
and
ouer
bitter
reproofes
,
vnlesse
Gods
glorie
presently
lie
in
the
ballance
.
Matth.
7.
6.
But
that
we
may
benefit
them
,
we
are
:
1
To
conuerse
grauely
,
and
yet
humbly
with
them
.
Nehemiah
2
▪
1.
2.
2
To
waite
some
good
occasion
from
their
speech
,
&
so
to
worke
vpon
it
.
Acts
26.
3
To
call
to
minde
some
present
blessing
or
iudgement
,
that
so
wee
may
put
by
idle
talke
.
Amos
6.
6.
Esay
5.
12.
4
Commend
we
what
is
likely
spoken
of
them
,
yet
with
an
holie
drawing
them
on
to
better
by
graue
exhortations
.
2.
Tim.
2.
24
,
25.
5
In
all
our
speech
let
it
appeare
that
loue
is
the
ground
,
&
the
soules
good
the
principall
end
.
Matthew
5.
44.
6
Contrary
we
them
not
in
their
weakenesse
alwaies
,
but
expound
it
to
the
best
,
vnles
wee
see
apparent
contempt
and
desperate
scorning
▪
Iud
22.
23.
Rom.
14.
1.
7
If
we
cannot
benefit
by
conference
,
then
let
vs
take
heed
we
do
not
communicate
with
them
in
euill
,
but
rather
breake
off
wisely
as
Sampson
did
,
by
some
ridle
or
such
like
,
and
as
neere
as
may
be
,
leaue
we
then
with
peace
,
thatso
afterward
there
may
be
hope
to
winne
them
.
2.
Thess.
3.
15.
Rom.
12.
18.
The
vse
of
euill
company
is
:
1
That
we
make
the
more
of
the
better
sort
,
2
That
wee
long
after
heauen
,
where
wee
shall
finde
none
but
good
company
.
Philippians
1.
Heb.
12.
3
That
we
grow
more
priuate
and
learne
to
be
a
part
with
our
God
.
Gen.
5
22.
CHAP.
XXIII
.
AND
this
is
the
next
occasion
of
the
day
,
First
,
Now
we
are
naked
,
and
lie
open
to
tentations
.
Secondly
,
And
may
with
best
aduantage
and
lest
hinderance
pursue
the
best
things
,
and
so
are
capable
of
the
greatest
good
,
or
subiect
to
the
greatest
euill
.
Here
therefore
obserue
these
rules
:
1
That
though
we
be
from
the
company
of
men
,
2
Yet
so
as
that
we
neglect
not
our
callings
,
but
be
sure
that
we
be
kept
from
idlenes
.
2.
Thess.
3.
3
That
wee
especially
call
to
mind
those
ill
neighbours
which
we
shall
neuer
be
rid
of
so
long
as
wee
liue
,
namely
,
our
sinnes
,
and
in
our
greatest
freedome
of
solitatines
forget
not
our
bondage
vnder
this
tyrranny
.
Heb.
12.
1.
4
That
we
take
heed
of
idle
and
curious
speculations
,
feeding
therby
our
melancholy
or
vaine
thoughts
.
5
That
we
be
carefull
to
order
and
represse
the
infinite
wandrings
of
the
mind
,
which
at
such
times
is
most
busie
and
exorbitant
.
Gen.
6.
5.
Dan.
4.
2.
6
Especially
that
we
be
wise
to
discerne
satans
deepenes
,
who
now
wil
vsually
most
eagerly
assault
vs
,
either
taking
aduantage
of
our
security
,
because
we
are
freed
from
outward
occasions
,
or
working
vpon
priuatenes
&
want
of
succour
.
Mat.
4.
7
That
especially
we
meditate
on
heauenly
things
,
comforting
our selues
with
the
holy
protection
of
Angels
,
who
attend
vs
,
and
reioycing
in
the
hope
of
that
blessed
fellowship
which
expects
vs
in
heauen
.
Gen.
5.
Gen.
24.
63.
8
At
no
hand
giue
we
place
to
Satan
,
seeking
now
to
scare
or
distract
vs
,
but
resist
we
strongly
by
faithful
praier
.
1.
Pe.
5.
8.
9.
2.
Ch.
3.
1
9
Presume
not
of
such
solitarines
either
which
hath
no
warrant
,
as
that
of
Monks
,
&c.
or
when
thou
art
bound
to
society
,
for
heerein
thou
excludest
thy selfe
the
protection
of
the
Lord
.
Eccles.
4.
9
,
10.
Thus
behauing
our selues
alone
,
1
We
shall
neuer
want
the
comfort
of
sweet
communion
.
Mat.
28.
Apoca.
3.
20.
Iohn
14.
23.
2
Readie
shall
we
bee
for
such
troubles
when
we
may
be
driuen
to
be
alone
.
Apoca.
1.
9.
10.
3
Fitter
also
for
the
fellowship
and
communion
of
the
saints
.
1.
Tim.
3.
4.
5.
4
Strenghtned
against
satan
,
who
now
wil
principally
assault
vs
.
Mat.
4.
Eccles.
4.
10.
5
And
profitable
redeemers
of
the
time
,
and
purchasers
of
eternity
.
Ephes.
5.
16.
Prouided
:
1
That
we
vexe
not
our selues
with
●i●ting
or
enuying
others
businesse
and
states
,
2
That
we
ouerwhelme
not
our selues
with
ouermuch
thinking
of
worldly
things
,
especially
of
the
times
to
come
,
or
things
which
may
happen
,
lest
the
heart
bee
drowned
with
the
loue
of
the
creature
or
appalled
with
feare
of
after-clapps
.
Mat.
6.
34.
Luke
21.
34.
3
In●
meditation
of
heauenly
things
,
looke
we
that
our
custome
heerein
cause
not
a
vilifying
or
loathing
of
such
heauenly
mysteries
.
Mat.
6.
7.
Mat.
15.
9.
4
Take
we
heed
of
an
ouerweening
conceit
of
our selues
,
if
thou
findest
a
greater
furniture
of
Gods
graces
.
Iohn
5.
35.
5
Especially
bee
carefull
that
while
thou
meditatest
of
forsaking
sin
,
thou
beest
not
entangled
with
some
spice
thereof
,
either
presuming
further
then
thy
present
strength
,
or
by
conceit
of
what
thou
doest
,
or
by
the
deceitfulnes
of
Satan
abusing
thee
with
a
contrarie
colour
of
sin
,
while
thoulabourest
to
preuent
him
in
another
.
6
And
then
in
labouring
to
resist
sin
,
see
thou
beest
well
armed
&
know
thy
strength
too
:
yet
fearefull
of
thy selfe
,
and
so
humbly
cast
vpon
God
,
that
so
thou
mayest
resist
in
the
euil
day
.
Ephes.
6.
Prouer.
28.
14.
Psal.
16.
8.
And
thus
much
concerning
solitarines
.
CHAP.
XXIIII
.
THE
next
imployment
of
the
day
〈◊〉
how
to
behaue
thy selfe
in
enioying
of
good
things
,
First
,
Salomon
,
Ionas
,
&c.
For
first
heereby
religious
exercises
haue
beene
coldly
performed
and
intermitted
.
Mat.
22.
5.
2
Liberty
hath
beene
giuen
to
loosenesse
,
and
inward
gifts
growne
cold
.
Hab.
1.
16.
Amos
6.
5.
3
Euils
that
were
banished
,
4
They
weaken
our
trust
and
confidence
in
God
.
Hab.
1.
16.
5
Withdraw
our
loue
and
kindnes
towards
inferiours
,
with
whom
heretofore
we
haue
been
inward
.
6
Breede
policy
,
and
so
decei●
euen
in
many
professors
.
Genes.
20.
11.
And
7
Cause
couetousnes
and
loue
of
this
life
.
Psal.
62.
10.
Luc.
12.
19.
Amos
6.
3.
8
Yea
,
breed
an
vnwillingnesse
to
beare
the
crosse
,
and
cunning
to
auoid
it
.
Mat.
26.
9
Giue
occasion
to
the
world
to
thinke
we
are
hers
,
and
so
causing
her
to
presūe
of
vs
,
makes
hir
hereby
,
being
deceiued
,
when
it
comes
to
the
proofe
,
our
more
heauie
enemie
.
Gen.
31.
10
Hereupon
also
it
comes
to
passe
that
the
burthen
lies
heauier
vpon
the
afflicted
,
euen
because
of
our
prosperity
,
beeing
not
caried
wisely
,
and
tenderly
.
Amos
6.
5.
Esay
.
5.
11
Yea
,
it
is
the
occasion
that
causes
vs
many
times
to
censure
those
that
are
afflicted
,
and
to
challenge
their
sincerity
because
of
their
afflictions
.
Iob
8.
Iob
4.
&c.
12
And
not
onely
so
,
but
it
causeth
iealousie
among
professors
,
and
so
distrust
of
each
other
,
when
all
beare
not
the
same
burthen
.
Romanes
15.
1.
Romanes
12.
13.
16.
2
This
estate
is
very
slippery
,
and
therefore
wee
had
neede
to
get
sure
footing
that
we
may
stand
vpright
therein
.
Psal.
73.
3
It
is
most
vncertain
&
changable
and
therefore
it
stands
vs
vpon
to
make
vs
friends
thereof
while
we
haue
it
.
Luk.
16.
4
The
feare
of
the
losse
hereof
doth
much
distract
which
the
right
vse
therof
will
much
abate
and
qualifie
.
Psal.
112.
7.
It
being
therefore
apparant
that
the
best
may
and
do
abuse
prosperity
obserue
now
how
we
may
vse
it
a
right
:
First
,
then
let
vs
consider
the
ends
,
why
the
Lorde
bestowes
these
outward
blessings
in
this
life
vpon
his
children
,
which
are
these
1
To
trie
whither
we
wil
prefer
him
before
them
,
and
can
loue
him
better
then
them
.
Iob.
1.
2
To
make
vs
his
stewards
in
an
holy
dispensation
of
them
.
Mat.
25.
3
To
be
pledges
vnto
vs
,
and
furtherances
of
spirituall
blessings
.
Gen.
17.
1.
4
That
wee
may
humbled
to
giue
him
the
glorie
of
them
.
Ro.
11.
36.
And
therefore
,
1
We
must
not
set
our
hearts
vpon
them
but
keepe
them
intirely
to
God
.
Psal.
62.
2
We
must
not
be
puffed
vp
with
them
.
Psal.
75.
3
Wee
must
not
tie
,
nor
measure
God
onely
by
them
.
Psalme
30.
6.
4
Wee
must
bee
willing
for
his
sake
to
part
with
them
either
for
the
good
of
others
or
to
auoyd
our
owne
hurt
.
Mat.
10.
37.
5
And
all
this
not
as
if
they
were
ours
,
but
Gods
to
dispose
wholy
to
his
glory
,
and
the
good
of
his
church
&
children
.
Matt.
19.
29
13.
Colos.
3.
23.
Rom.
12.
Secondly
,
because
the
ouer
high
conceite
of
these
things
is
no
small
occasion
to
bewitch
our
hearts
with
them
,
therfore
let
vs
labour
to
rectifie
our
iudgements
concerning
prosperity
that
so
our
ouerweening
opinion
thereof
may
be
abated
,
and
our
affections
rectified
therein
.
To
this
end
.
First
,
consider
we
that
though
they
are
Gods
blessings
,
yet
they
are
giuen
for
the
most
part
to
euil
men
&
become
snares
&
pits
vnto
them
.
Ps.
69.
and
therfore
,
if
there
were
no
other
preheminence
,
euen
the
wicked
in
these
excell
vs
.
1.
Tim.
6.
2
Acknowledg
we
that
the
best
haue
bin
tainted
and
much
defaced
by
them
,
&
behold
we
in
their
example
what
may
befal
vs
,
as
Solomon
and
Dauid
.
3
That
they
neither
haue
bin
,
nor
shall
be
any
certaine
inheritance
to
the
best
,
but
haue
changed
their
master
according
to
the
good
pleasure
of
the
giuer
.
4
That
we
deserue
not
the
least
of
them
,
&
with
al
our
industry
without
Gods
blessing
cannot
compasse
them
,
and
when
we
haue
them
they
are
but
lent
vs
.
5
That
in
the
iudgement
of
the
best
they
are
but
vanity
,
and
breed
vexation
of
spirit
;
Nay
,
that
indeed
they
are
nothing
,
yea
lesse
then
nothing
.
Eccles.
1.
2.
1.
Cor.
7.
3
Wee
must
bee
carefull
in
the
right
dispensation
of
them
.
And
that
in
this
manner
:
First
,
We
must
principally
honor
God
with
our
substance
.
Prouer.
3.
And
this
is
done
,
1
By
acknowledging
we
haue
al
of
his
free
mercy
.
Gen.
32.
2
Willingly
consessing
from
what
a
low
estate
the
Lord
hath
raised
vs
.
Gen.
32.
3
By
thankefulnes
vnto
him
for
the
least
as
well
as
for
the
greatest
.
1.
Tim.
6.
8.
Ephes.
5.
20.
4
By
faithfulnes
in
a
lower
state
,
that
so
the
Lord
may
increase
vs
.
Matt.
25.
and
this
is
performed
:
1
By
following
our
calling
,
as
contentedly
&
humbling
our selues
therin
being
increased
,
as
when
we
began
with
nothing
.
De.
8.
11.
Phi.
4.
11
,
12
2
We
must
now
much
more
be
open
handed
,
and
that
especially
to
the
houshold
of
faith
.
2.
Cor.
9.
Gal.
6.
10.
3
We
must
not
thinke
it
enough
to
comfort
the
body
,
but
wee
must
also
minister
to
the
soule
,
which
few
rich
men
make
conscience
of
,
neither
indeed
are
able
to
performe
.
Ge.
18
2
We
must
honour
our selues
in
God
with
them
,
by
eating
the
labours
of
our
hands
.
Psa.
128.
and
that
not
only
for
necessity
but
for
ornament
also
.
But
yet
with
these
conditions
:
1
That
we
exceede
not
our
callings
.
2
That
wee
remember
Ioseph
in
trouble
.
Amos
6.
5.
3
That
we
be
alwaies
fitted
to
spirituall
duties
.
Luke
21.
34.
4
And
readie
to
be
abased
as
we
haue
abounded
.
Phil.
4.
11.
The
triall
of
the
right
vse
of
our
prosperity
is
:
1
That
our
heauenly
thirst
goes
forward
with
our
earthly
,
2
That
these
outward
things
weane
vs
from
the
loue
of
the
world
1.
Cor.
7.
29
,
30
,
31.
3
That
we
are
prepared
to
suffer
afflictions
.
Luke
9.
23.
4
That
though
wee
giue
these
things
their
due
,
yet
wee
account
them
al
as
dung
in
respect
of
Christ
.
Phil.
3.
8.
5
That
we
make
them
our
seruants
to
our
Christian
callings
.
Luke
16.
19.
Helpes
hereunto
are
:
1
To
consider
,
2
We
are
but
tenants
at
will
.
1.
Tim.
6.
17.
4
Stewards
for
other
.
Luke
16.
4
Must
giue
vp
a
large
account
at
the
day
of
Christ
Iesus
.
Luke
12.
48
CHAP.
XXV
.
AND
this
is
the
next
occasion
daily
occurring
euen
to
vse
aduersity
a
right
.
A
direction
very
needfull
.
1
Because
the
deerest
children
of
God
haue
failed
herein
.
2
Wee
profit
in
nothing
more
then
in
an
holy
vse
of
afflictions
.
Psal.
119.
71.
3
God
sheweth
himselfe
in
no
occasion
so
marueilous
as
in
this
.
Psal.
107.
4
Satan
hopes
in
nothing
to
trip
vs
as
herein
.
Iob
1.
5
The
world
hath
no
more
effectuall
meanes
to
condemne
the
generation
of
the
iust
,
then
by
their
troubles
.
Iob
8.
Acts
28.
4.
That
we
may
therefore
vse
aduersity
aright
:
First
,
Learne
we
to
informe
our
iudgements
concerning
the
same
,
1
Concerning
the
causes
:
1
That
they
come
not
by
chance
but
are
appointed
of
God
and
sealed
vpon
vs
.
Iob
33.
15.
Amos.
3.
2
That
they
are
imposed
in
loue
and
of
very
faithfulnesse
.
Psal.
119.
3
That
there
is
some
cause
of
them
in
vs
,
though
presently
not
knowne
to
vs
.
And
these
causes
may
be
,
1
Either
chastisement
for
some
sinne
past
,
or
present
.
2.
Sam.
21.
1.
2
Preuention
of
some
sinne
wherein
wee
are
like
to
fall
:
as
securitie
,
pride
,
&c.
2.
Cor.
12.
3
Triall
and
exercise
of
some
graces
of
God
in
vs
.
1.
Pet.
1.
7.
4
Conuincing
the
world
of
standerous
imputations
,
as
that
we
serue
God
for
these
things
.
Iob
1.
&c.
5
To
draw
vs
neerer
to
God
,
and
cause
vs
to
haue
experience
of
his
power
and
goodnes
.
Ioh.
11.
6
Recouery
of
some
graces
which
by
prosperity
haue
beene
decayed
in
vs
.
Hosea
.
5.
15.
7
Prouoking
vs
to
a
daily
iudging
of
our selues
,
that
we
be
not
condemned
with
the
world
.
1.
Cor.
11.
30.
31.
8
To
weane
vs
from
the
loue
of
this
life
,
and
cause
vs
to
long
and
sigh
for
our
deliuerance
.
Apoca.
6.
10.
Apoca.
22.
20.
Secondly
,
That
wee
may
vse
afflictions
rightly
,
we
must
bee
alwaies
prepared
to
them
.
1.
Pet.
4.
12.
and
that
1
By
submiting
our
wils
simply
in
al
things
to
the
prouidence
of
our
gracious
father
.
Mat.
26.
39.
2
By
considering
that
wee
were
predestinated
and
ordained
vnto
them
.
Rom.
8.
22.
3
Wee
must
in
the
purpose
of
our
hearts
make
choice
of
this
ordinance
.
Mat.
7.
and
be
readie
to
vndergoe
it
.
Heb.
11.
25.
4
That
this
is
the
narrow
way
and
strait
gate
that
leads
to
heauen
.
Act.
14.
5
That
all
the
saints
of
God
haue
traced
this
way
before
vs
.
Heb.
12.
1
6
That
this
yoake
is
easie
and
the
burthen
passing
light
,
as
hauing
the
sting
thereof
taken
a
way
by
Iesus
Christ
and
yet
that
he
beares
the
burthen
now
with
vs
.
Esay
.
53.
and
indeed
wholy
takes
it
vpon
him
.
Mat.
10.
7
That
these
trobles
are
enemies
to
the
flesh
,
and
therefore
the
rather
to
be
vndergone
to
subdue
so
treacherous
an
enemy
.
2.
Cor.
12.
8
By
Imposing
voluntarie
troubles
vpon
our selues
that
so
we
may
better
digest
such
as
God
,
shall
necessarie
inflict
vpon
vs
.
1.
Cor.
9.
27.
And
these
are
,
9
Let
vs
enter
into
the
house
of
mourning
,
and
obserue
the
chastisements
of
the
Lord
vpon
others
,
laboring
to
stirre
vp
our
bowels
towards
them
,
and
to
weepe
with
them
that
weepe
.
Rom.
12.
10
At
no
hand
presume
we
of
our
strenght
before
the
time
,
but
feare
wee
our selues
,
and
cast
wee
our selues
wholy
on
God
.
Mat.
16.
33.
11
Discerne
we
wisely
our
fitnes
for
trobles
&
auoyd
we
al
vnnecessary
and
vnseasonable
afflictions
.
Ioh.
18.
8.
Mat.
10.
23.
2.
Cor.
11.
33.
12
Iudge
we
wisely
of
the
troubles
of
others
and
take
heed
we
ad
affliction
to
their
affliction
.
Ps.
41.
13
Meditate
we
often
of
the
former
ends
and
benefits
of
troubles
which
are
manifold
.
Psal.
119.
67.
14
Vse
we
an
holy
moderation
in
the
time
of
our
prosperity
in
our
diet
,
apparell
liberty
.
&c.
1.
Pet.
5.
8.
15
Mainetaine
wee
especially
tendern●s
of
conscience
&
soundnes
of
heart
by
daily
examination
,
and
iudging
our selues
,
so
shall
we
be
fit
for
any
affliction
.
Cor.
1.
12.
16
If
our
estate
seem
to
diminish
outwardly
let
vs
be
contented
with
it
,
&
so
shal
we
by
degrees
be
prepared
to
further
emptying
2.
Cor.
4.
16.
17
Consider
wee
that
we
haue
our
captaine
Iesus
Christ
to
be
our
companion
in
all
troubles
.
1.
Pet.
4.
13
18
And
that
we
haue
the
strength
of
the
holy
Ghost
to
lead
vs
throw
them
.
Phil.
4.
13.
19
And
be
we
assured
of
the
protection
of
Angels
to
defend
vs
in
the
same
.
Psal.
34.
20
And
let
vs
be
thinking
,
of
the
shortnes
of
life
,
&
so
of
troubles
,
and
preparing
to
death
&
so
no
afflictions
shal
be
vnwelcome
to
vs
.
Phil.
1.
20.
21
Forget
we
not
to
meditate
often
on
the
ioyes
of
heauen
,
that
so
when
afflictions
come
we
may
be
encouraged
the
rather
to
vndergoe
them
in
respect
of
the
inestimable
reward
which
is
set
before
vs
.
2.
Co.
4.
16.
17.
And
thus
shall
we
be
happily
prepared
to
afflictions
&
so
make
a
comfortable
vse
of
them
when
they
are
vpon
vs
.
To
this
end
consider
further
:
1
Not
what
God
hath
laid
vpon
vs
,
2
How
long
God
heretofore
hath
spared
vs
,
&
in
how
many
corruptions
he
hath
in
great
patience
waited
vpon
vs
,
though
now
he
meet
with
vs
.
3
That
we
are
not
swallowed
vp
of
the
crosse
,
which
is
an
euiden●
note
of
Gods
hand
put
vnder
,
and
that
the
Lord
laies
no
more
vpon
vs
then
we
are
able
to
endure
.
Psalm.
37.
1.
Cor.
10.
13.
4
View
wee
the
impatience
of
Gods
children
vnder
the
crosse
,
to
preuent
,
or
remedie
the
like
in
vs
.
Iob.
3.
Ionah
4.
5
Meditate
we
on
Gods
promises
,
and
so
quiet
our
hearts
.
Ps.
46.
56.
6
Call
we
to
mind
former
deliuerances
&
so
we
shal
strengthen
our
faith
for
the
present
&
to
come
.
Ps.
77.
7
Take
we
heede
of
iudging
our
case
singular
,
as
if
neuer
any
were
so
much
afflicted
as
we
are
.
Lam.
1.
12
8
Be
we
diligent
in
following
our
callings
to
auoyd
distraction
,
&
preuent
worse
afflictions
.
9
Pray
we
for
our
enemies
&
the
rods
of
our
correction
.
Mat.
5
:
44
▪
10
Be
we
earnest
with
God
rather
to
sanctifie
then
to
remooue
the
crosse
.
Phil.
1.
19.
11
And
yet
presse
the
remouall
,
as
may
stand
with
his
glorie
,
our
owne
and
the
good
of
the
Church
.
12
Yet
with
wisdome
&
patience
,
neither
tying
the
Lord
to
the
time
,
nor
manner
,
nor
measure
of
the
deliuerance
,
but
for
the
temporal
chastisement
,
yelding
absolutely
vnto
God
.
2.
Sam.
15.
13
Be
we
thankful
vnto
God
for
them
&
reioyce
we
vnder
the
crosse
.
14.
If
we
bee
buffeted
vnder
the
crosse
with
impatiency
,
or
such
like
tentations
:
let
it
confort
vs
,
that
feeling
these
corruptions
,
and
acknowledging
,
yea
striuing
against
them
,
it
is
a
certaine
token
of
a
future
victory
.
15
Consider
we
the
euils
that
are
prepared
for
sinners
,
that
so
we
may
the
better
endure
light
afflictions
2.
Thess.
1.
16
Forget
we
not
to
compare
the
present
profit
in
troubles
with
the
sensible
losse
,
that
sin
is
hereby
lessened
,
and
the
matter
of
sinne
weakened
.
2.
Cor.
4.
17
Liue
we
especially
by
faith
and
not
by
sense
,
beleeuing
the
things
we
see
not
,
and
hoping
the
things
that
are
desperate
.
2.
Corint
.
1.
Heb.
11.
18
That
Gods
power
is
more
seene
in
the
issues
out
of
trouble
,
then
in
keeping
vs
out
of
them
altogether
,
and
therefore
this
serueth
to
the
magnifiing
of
Gods
power
.
Ps.
98.
1.
19
Heereby
Satan
also
is
most
confounded
,
that
whereby
he
labours
most
to
ouerthrow
the
Church
,
and
Gods
children
,
they
are
by
the
same
confirmed
and
profited
Phil.
1.
12.
20
Promise
we
to
further
others
in
the
waies
of
God
.
Psal.
51.
21
Vow
we
the
praises
of
God
in
the
great
congregations
.
Psal.
35.
&c.
22
Moue
we
the
Lord
from
the
insolency
of
our
enemies
.
Psa.
119.
126.
Psal.
41.
23
As
also
by
testifying
our
zeale
to
his
glory
,
that
it
may
not
be
blasphemed
of
the
wicked
.
24
Labor
we
especially
to
comfort
our
hearts
with
the
testimony
of
our
innocency
,
&
that
good
cause
for
which
we
suffer
.
1.
Sam.
24.
12.
25
Yet
acknowledge
we
before
God
that
we
are
not
cleare
,
and
so
abhorre
we
ourselues
in
sackcloth
and
ashes
.
Iob
11.
26
If
we
suffer
as
euill
doers
,
yet
remember
wee
that
the
crosse
is
not
so
much
sent
as
a
punishment
for
sinne
,
as
a
remedie
against
it
.
Psa.
119.
77.
27.
Moue
we
the
Lord
from
the
sense
of
our
owne
weakenes
.
Iob
6.
and
vtter
inability
as
of
our selues
.
Psal.
6.
28
Protest
we
our
faith
in
God
.
Iob
13.
15.
and
patience
in
waiting
vpon
him
.
Psal.
123.
2.
Micah
7.
9.
29
Bind
we
the
Lord
to
vs
from
the
manifestation
,
and
making
good
of
his
fauour
in
that
he
suffers
not
our
enemies
to
triumph
ouer
vs
.
Psal.
41.
11.
CHAP.
XXVI
.
THus
behauing
our selues
in
troubles
we
shall
vndoubtedly
find
a
good
issue
in
them
:
And
these
are
:
First
,
to
humble
our selues
often
in
the
day
before
God
in
priuate
prayer
.
Daniel
6.
10.
Secondly
,
to
exercise
with
our
familie
prayer
,
catechizing
,
reading
of
the
word
,
&
singing
of
spiritual●
himnes
.
Genes.
18.
Col.
3.
2.
Tim.
3.
And
this
must
daily
be
performed
▪
because
,
1
We
are
most
ignorant
and
forgetfull
.
2.
Pet.
1.
13.
15.
2
New
tentations
doe
daily
assault
,
vs
which
by
these
meanes
ar●
to
be
resisted
.
Luk.
9.
23.
3
Hereby
we
are
fitted
to
the
publick
duties
of
the
sabbath
.
Act.
13.
16
▪
4
The
soule
is
spiritually
nourished
and
hath
sweete
felloship
and
communion
with
God
.
Iohn
5.
39
▪
Gen.
18.
17.
5
We
haue
our
conuersation
in
heauen
.
Phil.
3.
20.
6
We
sanctifie
all
our
outward
occasions
vnto
vs
.
Iob
1.
7
And
obey
Gods
will
in
declaring
his
mercies
vnto
our
families
,
and
propagating
his
truth
and
Gospell
,
and
hereby
approue
our selues
liuing
stones
of
the
house
of
God
.
Pet.
2.
5.
8
We
increase
hereby
in
the
heauenly
thrift
,
and
strengthen
our selues
in
our
iourney
towards
heauen
.
Col.
1.
10.
11.
9
We
prepare
our selues
confortably
to
our
account
&
rekoning
which
daily
we
are
to
cast
vp
.
CHAP.
XXVII
.
ANd
this
is
the
last
duety
daily
to
bee
performed
of
vs
,
Euen
to
take
an
account
of
our
daily
actions
.
And
that
:
1
Because
hereby
we
approoue
and
much
confirme
the
same
.
2
Wee
purge
our
hearts
of
all
dregges
and
remainders
of
sinne
.
3
We
haue
experience
of
the
excellencie
&
certainty
of
a
christian
life
4
We
make
our
account
readie
against
the
day
of
the
Lord
Iesus
.
5
We
procure
stability
and
constancy
for
the
time
to
come
.
6
We
yoake
and
diminish
our
daily
tentations
.
7
We
keepe
sinne
from
sleeping
,
with
vs
.
8
By
repentance
remouing
it
,
our
sleepe
becomes
more
sweete
and
comfortable
.
9
Our
labours
afterward
prouelesse
irksome
.
10
We
walke
with
God
and
expresse
the
true
pilgrimes
life
.
Now
that
we
may
the
rather
performe
this
duetie
.
Consider
we
,
1
That
the
very
heathen
in
some
sort
by
the
light
of
Nature
practised
it
.
2
That
if
trouble
here
be
,
it
is
to
the
flesh
,
to
which
wee
are
not
debtors
.
Rom.
8.
12.
3
That
it
is
no
more
then
God
commands
and
christianity
requites
at
our
hands
.
4
That
when
we
haue
done
all
we
can
,
wee
are
but
vnprofitable
seruants
,
and
therefore
we
had
need
striue
to
the
vtmost
.
And
for
our
better
direction
herein
,
learne
we
,
First
,
that
the
fittest
time
for
performance
hereof
is
after
prayer
.
Secondly
,
For
the
manner
hereof
beginne
we
,
1
From
the
cogitations
of
the
first
awaking
from
sleepe
.
2
So
proceed
we
to
consider
of
our
morning
actions
,
how
we
haue
confered
with
our
God
in
priuate
,
how
sanctified
our
families
.
3
Examine
such
occasions
as
haue
befell
vs
in
our
callings
.
4
What
vse
wee
haue
made
of
company
,
what
of
our
being
alone
:
how
wee
haue
receiued
and
vsed
Gods
creatures
,
and
haue
bin
knit
vnto
God
by
them
.
5
How
we
haue
beene
buffited
by
Satan
,
the
world
,
&c.
6
What
comfort
we
haue
found
in
the
word
&
spirituall
exercises
.
7
If
thou
shalt
find
the
testimony
of
a
good
conscience
and
peace
,
so
reioyce
and
praise
thy
God
.
If
thou
findest
thy
failings
,
so
be
humbled
and
cast
thy selfe
vpon
Iesus
Christ
,
in
Prayer
.
2
Recounting
vnto
God
,
as
neere
as
thou
mayest
thy
particular
slips
,
and
so
acknowledging
thy selfe
an
vnprofitable
seruant
,
seeke
thy
peace
in
the
merits
of
thy
Sauiour
,
and
so
lie
downe
in
his
bosome
,
and
so
thou
shalt
find
rest
for
thy
soule
.
Thus
farre
of
the
daily
Sacrifice
.
The
Lord
enable
vs
to
the
oblation
therof
,
for
his
Sonne
Christ
Iesus
his
sake
,
our
most
full
and
sufficient
saecrifice
.
Amen
.
FINIS
.
Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
Notes for div A19284-e260
Notes for div A19284-e4540
Notes for div A19284-e7710
Notes for div A19284-e8180
Notes for div A19284-e8660
Notes for div A19284-e10460
Notes for div A19284-e10520
Notes for div A19284-e11330
Notes for div A19284-e12300
Notes for div A19284-e14090
Notes for div A19284-e25360
Notes for div A19284-e27710
Notes for div A19284-e28750
Notes for div A19284-e29790
Notes for div A19284-e30170
Notes for div A19284-e30490
Notes for div A19284-e30980
Notes for div A19284-e31100
Notes for div A19284-e31180
Notes for div A19284-e31510
Notes for div A19284-e32530
Notes for div A19284-e34670
Notes for div A19284-e35250
Notes for div A19284-e38570
Notes for div A19284-e38940
Notes for div A19284-e39820
Notes for div A19284-e40760
Notes for div A19284-e40970